SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(mark one)
|
x
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the Fiscal Year Ended December
31, 2011
or
|
¨
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
Commission File No. 000-30066
The Edelman
Financial Group Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in
its charter)
Texas
|
76-0583569
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
|
(I.R.S. Employer
|
incorporation or organization)
|
Identification No.)
|
|
|
600 Travis, Suite 5800
|
|
Houston, Texas
|
77002
|
(Address of principal
executive offices)
|
(Zip code)
|
(713) 224-3100
(Registrant's telephone number, including area
code)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section
12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section
12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value
(Title of each class)
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
¨
Yes
x
No
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
¨
Yes
x
No
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
x
Yes
¨
No
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
x
Yes
¨
No
Indicate
by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference
in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
x
Indicate by check mark
whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.
See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company”
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
¨
Accelerated filer
x
Non-accelerated filer
¨
Smaller reporting company
¨
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
¨
Yes
x
No
As of June 30, 2011, the
aggregate market value of the shares of Common Stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was $160.6 million. For
purposes of this computation, all executive officers, directors and 10% beneficial owners of the registrant were deemed to be affiliates.
Such determination is not an admission that such officers, directors, and beneficial owners are, in fact, affiliates of the registrant.
As
of March 1, 2012, the registrant had 29,138,313 outstanding shares of Common Stock, par value $0.
01 per share.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED
BY REFERENCE
Information in the Registrant's
definitive Proxy Statement pertaining to the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the "Proxy Statement") to be filed
with the SEC is incorporated herein by reference into Part III of this Report.
THE EDELMAN FINANCIAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX
PART I
|
|
|
|
|
Item 1.
|
Business
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
Item1A.
|
Risk Factors
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
Item 1B.
|
Unresolved Staff Comments
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
Item 2.
|
Properties
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
Item 3.
|
Legal Proceedings
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
Item 4.
|
Reserved
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
PART II
|
|
|
|
|
Item 5.
|
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
Item 6.
|
Selected Financial Data
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
Item 7.
|
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
Item 9.
|
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
Item 9A.
|
Controls and Procedures
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
Item 9B.
|
Other Information
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
PART III
|
|
|
|
|
Item 10.
|
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
Item 11.
|
Executive Compensation
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
Item 12.
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
Item 13.
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
Item 14.
|
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
PART IV
|
|
|
|
|
Item 15.
|
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
80
|
PART I
Item 1. Business
The Edelman Financial Group
Inc. (“TEFG” or “the Company”), formerly Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc., provides
wealth management services, including investment advice, investment management, and financial planning to a large and diversified
group of clients and customers, including individuals, corporations and financial institutions in North America. The
Company’s principal subsidiaries include Sanders Morris Harris Inc. (“SMH”), Edelman Financial Services, LLC
(“EFS” or “Edelman”), and Global Financial Services, L.L.C. (together with GFS Advisors, LLC, “Global”).
Our company was formed
through the merger in January 2000 of Sanders Morris Mundy Inc., a Houston-based full-service investment bank founded in 1987,
and Harris, Webb & Garrison, Inc., a Houston securities firm founded in 1991. In May 2005, we acquired a majority
interest in EFS, a financial planning and asset management firm based in Fairfax, Virginia. In 2009 and 2010, we made substantial
progress in the execution of our strategy to move away from capital markets operations and focus on wealth management. In
December 2010, we acquired a majority interest in Global, a Houston based securities firm emphasizing investment and wealth management
for international executives, their families and corporations with approximately $4.1 billion in clients assets. We believe we
have in place the people, infrastructure, and brand recognition at each of our businesses, which combined with sufficient working
capital, will enable us to leverage our operating platform to further increase our profitability and market share. Recognizing
the strong investor awareness and respect for the Edelman brand, in May 2011, we changed our name to The Edelman Financial Group
Inc. Today, the Company has approximately 500 employees in 43 offices throughout the United States.
As part of the Company’s
planned transformation to a wealth management firm, a few divisions were spun-off in 2009, 2010, and 2011. In December 2009, we
completed a transaction pursuant to which we contributed our investment banking and certain of our institutional equity and fixed
income trading operations (excluding The Juda Group and the Concept Capital division) to Madison Williams and Company, LLC, a new
entity formed by a number of the managing directors of the investment banking group and two financial partners. We received a cash
payment of $2.7 million and a note for $8.0 million as part of this transaction and retained a 17.5% interest in Madison Williams
Capital LLC (“Madison”). In February 2011, one of the financial partners exercised its option to purchase 30% of our
17.5% ownership for $1.2 million reducing our interest to 12.25%. The value of the remaining equity interests and note in Madison were written off in the second and third quarters of 2011 and Madison ceased operations in November 2011.
In March 2010,
we entered into an agreement with the principals of the Concept Capital division (“Concept”) of SMH to
contribute certain of the assets, properties, and other rights pertaining to Concept, including the prime brokerage, research
and capital markets, fund accounting and administration, and research library businesses, to Concept Capital Markets,
LLC (“CCM”) and Concept Capital Administration, LLC (“CCAdmin”), two new entities formed by
the principals of Concept. The Washington Research Group of Concept was sold during the fourth quarter of
2010 prior to the spin-off of Concept. The Concept spin-off was substantially completed on December 31,
2010. Effective December 31, 2011, SMH sold the remaining member interests in CCH and CCAdmin to Concept Partners, LLC
and restructured the two promissory notes received in the original spin-off into one note in the principal amount of $5.9
million.
To
complete our transition to a wealth management firm, The Juda Group was classified as held-for-sale during the second quarter
of 2011, and the personnel comprising The Juda Group resigned from SMH and joined CCM as of December 31, 2011. Two sports agency
subsidiaries of the Company, Select Sports Group L.P. and 10 Sports Marketing LP, were also classified as held-for-sale during
the second quarter of 2011.
Our Products and Services
Our
firm is organized in two remaining major client sectors, Mass Affluent and Other Wealth Management. Previously, Institutional
Services was an additional sector; however, upon the sale of Concept Capital and cessation of The Juda Group, the Institutional
Services sector was discontinued.
Mass Affluent
The Edelman
Financial Center, LLC (“Edelman”), which owns Edelman Financial Services, LLC (“EFS”), is our
largest subsidiary. TEFG owns 76% of Edelman. It is managed by our Co-Chief Executive Officer, Ric Edelman. Although more
than 1,400 clients have invested more than $1.0 million with EFS, the business is centered on serving the mass affluent
household; which we define as households with $50,000 to $1.0 million in investable assets. The average household
account at EFS has client assets of $431,000. The core of the Edelman experience is personal financial planning and
advice. Most investments are managed in the Edelman Managed Asset Program (“EMAP”). Through EMAP,
investors get a professionally designed investment portfolio that provides a broad array of asset classes and market sectors
— far greater diversification than they could normally obtain on their own. EMAP also offers dynamic
security selection, strategic rebalancing, and an array of state-of-the-art client services, all for a single, fully
disclosed annual fee, calculated as a percentage of client assets under management. Nearly 14,500 clients have
placed more than $6.5 billion in EMAP, making it one of the largest and fastest-growing investment management programs in the
nation.
The Ric Edelman
Show
provides listeners with comprehensive, educational financial advice — how to buy a home, pay for college,
prepare for retirement, care for elders, get out of debt, and invest appropriately for their situation. The show is heard on
more than four dozen radio stations, potentially reaching more than 112 million households, providing substantial
advertising opportunities for TEFG.
In 2009 and 2010, Ric Edelman
was recognized by
Barron’s
as the No. 1 Independent Advisor in the country. Through his best-selling books, nationally
syndicated radio program, monthly newsletter, seminars, media appearances and websites, he has positively impacted the lives of
millions of Americans also providing advertising opportunities for the Edelman brand.
Ric Edelman is also
a #1
New York Times
bestselling author. His books on personal finance include
Ordinary People, Extraordinary
Wealth
;
The New Rules of Money; Discover the Wealth Within You; What You Need To Do Now; The Lies About Money, Rescue
Your Money;
and his newest book, the fourth edition of the personal finance classic,
The Truth About
Money
. Collectively, more than 1 million copies of Ric’s books are in print and have been translated into several
languages. Ric also publishes a monthly newsletter and offers a comprehensive free financial education website at
http://www.RicEdelman.com.
In all, EFS manages approximately
$7.0 billion in client assets for more than 16,000 families. Its legacy business is in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan
area, with 29 financial planners in three offices, predominantly in its Fairfax, Virginia headquarters. These offices have approximately
10,000 clients with $5.0 billion in client assets, and recorded revenue of $63.3 million in 2011, up 158% since 2005. The
legacy business of EFS had net income before income taxes of $19.9 million in 2011.
EFS opened its first six
offices outside the Washington D.C. area in September, 2009, located in the New York City metropolitan area. Each office
is designed to accommodate one to three financial planners plus support staff. A new office has an expected cash cost of approximately
$250,000 and cash burn of approximately $500,000 before becoming cash flow positive, which is estimated to occur between the 12
th
and 18
th
month of operation. In 2010, EFS opened an additional office in New York
City, four additional offices in the Washington D.C. metropolitan area, two offices in Chicago, and one office in South Florida.
In 2011, EFS opened an additional office in South Florida, two offices in both Boston and Detroit, and an office in Richmond, Columbus,
Los Angeles, San Francisco, Salt Lake City, Scottsdale and Hartford.
EFS also has small
direct response and outside advisor departments. Between them, they handle approximately 3,200 clients who have
nearly $1.1 billion invested with the firm and recorded revenue of $15.9 million in 2011.
Other Wealth Management
Our high net worth
business that constitutes our Other Wealth Management segment provides investment advisory, wealth and investment management,
asset management and financial planning to primarily high net worth and mass affluent individuals and
institutions. We define high net worth clients as individuals who have in excess of $1 million in investable
assets.
Each of our high net worth
units generally focuses on a different portion of the wealth management business in terms of client type and location, asset and
product type, and distribution channel. These business units are generally operated as individual businesses that market their
products under our or their own brand name, with certain products offered through multiple external and internal distribution channels.
Administrative and back office functions for most of these units are provided by the parent company. In addition, one or more of
our executive officers serve on the board of directors or management committee of each of these business units.
Our high net worth business earns revenue by charging fees for managing the investment assets of clients. Fees are typically calculated as a percentage
of the value of assets under management and vary with the type of account managed, the asset manager, and the account size. We
believe an asset-based fee structure helps align our interests with those of our clients, particularly as compared to a commission-based
fee structure, which is based on the number and value of securities trades executed. Our wealth management business may also earn
performance fees if the investment performance of the assets in the account meets or exceeds a specified benchmark during a measurement
period. We also generate a substantial portion of revenue from a traditional, commission-based structure where we earn
commissions on client purchase and sale transactions.
At December 31, 2011, our
high net worth subsidiaries and affiliates managed approximately $9.4 billion in client assets. Our high net worth revenue in 2011
was $74.7 million and pre-tax income from continuing operations was $27.3 million.
We have a number of consolidated affiliates
in which we own an interest ranging from 48.7% to 100%. The larger of these are:
Sanders Morris
Harris Inc.
SMH, a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”)/Securities
Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”), headquartered in Houston, Texas, provides wealth management services
directly through its private client business. Its financial advisors serve high net worth clients, many of whom have
long-standing relationships with SMH. As a full service firm, SMH offers its clients wealth management financial advice
relating to equity securities, bonds, private placements, mutual funds, defined contribution plans, wrap-fee programs, money
market funds and insurance products. At December 31, 2011, SMH managed $1.9 billion in
client assets in those channels. We own 100% of SMH.
Kissinger Financial
Services.
Kissinger Financial Services (“Kissinger”), a division of SMH based in Hunt Valley, Maryland,
provides financial planning and investment management services to high net worth and mass affluent individuals. Kissinger derives
revenue from fees charged to clients for the preparation of financial plans and for monitoring services and earns commissions and
fees from investment and insurance products sold to clients. At December 31, 2011, Kissinger managed approximately $355.0 million
in client assets.
The Rikoon Group, LLC.
The Rikoon Group, LLC (“Rikoon”), a registered investment adviser based in Santa Fe, New Mexico, provides wealth management
services to high net worth individuals including financial and estate planning, investment management services, wealth education,
and family retreats. Rikoon operates nationally with fee only investment counsel and also offers comprehensive family
office services. At December 31, 2011, Rikoon managed approximately $418.0 million in client assets. We own
80% of Rikoon.
Leonetti & Associates,
LLC.
Leonetti & Associates, LLC (“Leonetti”), a registered investment advisor based in Buffalo
Grove, Illinois, provides fee-based investment advice for individuals and small businesses. Leonetti provides investment
management and financial planning services to enhance client portfolios and help them reach their financial goals. At
December 31, 2011, Leonetti managed approximately $453.0 million in client assets. We own 50.1% of Leonetti.
Miller-Green Financial
Services, Inc.
Miller-Green Financial Services, Inc. (“Miller-Green”), a registered investment advisor
based in The Woodlands, Texas, provides financial, investment, retirement, and/or estate planning services to individuals and families. It
does extensive pre-retirement planning for a variety of clients. At December 31, 2011, Miller-Green managed approximately
$318.3 million in client assets. We own 100% of Miller-Green.
Investor Financial Solutions,
LLC.
Investor Financial Solutions, LLC (“IFS”) doing business as Investor Solutions Group of California,
a registered investment advisor located in Huntington Beach, California, provides financial, investment, retirement, and/or estate
planning services to individuals and families and was acquired January 1, 2010. It does extensive pre-retirement planning
for a variety of clients. At December 31, 2011, IFS managed approximately $115.6 million in client assets. SMH
owns 51% of IFS.
Global Financial Services,
L.L.C. and GFS Advisors, LLC.
Global Financial Services, L.L.C., a registered broker-dealer (“GFS BD”),
and GFS Advisors, LLC, a registered investment advisor (“GFS IA”), both located in Houston, Texas serve high net
worth clients residing in Mexico, Central and South America, many of whom have long-standing relationships with Global. As a full
service firm, Global offers its clients wealth management financial advice relating to equity securities and options, bonds, currencies,
mutual funds, money market funds and other securities. At December 31, 2011, Global managed $4.2 billion in client assets in those
channels. We have a 48.7% equity interest and a 50.1% profits interests in GFS BD and a 50.1% equity and
profits interest in GFS IA.
SMH Capital Advisors,
Inc.
SMH Capital Advisors, Inc. (“SMH Capital Advisors”), a registered investment advisor located
in Fort Worth, Texas, provides investment management services primarily related to high-yield fixed income securities. This business
is also known by its previous name of Cummer/Moyers. SMH Capital Advisors serves as a sub-adviser to the Catalyst/SMH
High Income Fund (HIFX and HIICX) and Catalyst SMH Total Return Income Fund (TRIFX and TRICX). At December 31, 2011, SMH Capital
Advisors managed approximately $1.5 billion in client assets. We own 100% of SMH Capital Advisors.
The Dickenson Group,
LLC.
The Dickenson Group, LLC (“Dickenson”), an insurance agency based in Solon, Ohio, has extensive
expertise in insurance planning for individuals, families, and businesses as well as employee benefits communications and estate
planning. It serves a number of corporations, practices, and individuals. We own 50.1% of Dickenson.
Select Sports
Group L.P.
Select Sports Group L.P. (“SSG”) and its affiliates, based in Houston, Texas, provide
sports representation and management services to professional athletes, principally professional football players, in
contract negotiation, marketing and endorsements, public relations, legal counseling, and related areas. SSG receives fees
from its athlete clients for the representation and management services provided. SSG clients have access to our investment
programs in the areas of stocks, bonds, private equity, and specialized investment vehicles. We own 50.5% of SSG; however,
this business was classified as held-for-sale as of June 30, 2011.
Additionally, SMH has organized
20 proprietary funds for the purpose of investing primarily in equity or equity-linked securities, interest-bearing debt securities,
and debt securities convertible into common stock. These funds invest primarily in small to mid-capitalization companies, both
public and private, that we believe are either significantly undervalued relative to their growth potential or that have substantial
prospects for capital appreciation. Companies in which the funds invest represent a number of industries, including life sciences,
energy, and technology. We account for our interests in the management companies of these funds using the equity method, which
approximates fair value. Our direct investments in the proprietary funds are accounted for at fair value. At December
31, 2011, the 15 remaining proprietary funds and their related investment companies managed approximately $338.5 million in assets
under management and committed capital.
Industry
Trends
We believe that we are
well positioned to capitalize on a number of trends in the financial services industry, including:
|
•
|
consolidation among firms offering financial products and services;
|
|
•
|
continued and substantial growth in assets under management in both the high net worth and mass
affluent markets, retirement of the baby boom generation and the outflow of assets from retirement plans to IRAs, IRA rollovers
and appreciation in market values;
|
|
•
|
increasing acceptance of alternative investments by many high net worth, mass affluent, and institutional
investors; and
|
|
•
|
increased demand by investors for independent and unbiased advice.
|
Our Strengths
The ongoing consolidation
trend in the financial services industry has provided us access to many highly skilled professionals who have chosen to be part
of a smaller yet sophisticated firm that has flexibility and preserves an entrepreneurial environment when providing financial
services to clients. We attribute our success and distinctiveness not only to our highly skilled professionals but also to the
following strengths:
|
•
|
Focus on Growing High Net Worth and Mass Affluent Markets.
We offer financial
products and services designed to benefit both high net worth and mass affluent individuals. We believe that there is a particularly
significant opportunity in providing products and services to the large and growing mass affluent market.
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Highly Regarded Distribution Network and Investment Managers.
Our wealth management
business includes SMH, EFS, SMH Capital Advisors, Kissinger, Rikoon, Dickenson, Leonetti, Miller-Green, and Global, each of
which benefits from a sound regional reputation. Moreover, our wealth advisors and asset managers include Ric Edelman, the founder
of EFS and our largest shareholder, named to
Barron’s
100 Top Financial Advisors eight times (2004 - 2011), SMH Capital
Advisors, a No. 1 ranked firm in 2005 and 2006 by Nelson’s
World’s Best Money Managers
, and Don Sanders,
our Vice Chairman, who has more than 45 years of investment experience and is well-known and regarded in the Southwest.
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Alignment of Interests.
Where suitable and permissible, we and members of our
executive management frequently invest in the same investment opportunities as our clients, which creates a financial identity
of interest and trust among our senior management, our clients, and us. We believe that by creating these wealth partnerships with
our clients, we and our executives solidify our client relationships by validating the quality of the products and services that
we offer. We also believe that our unbiased offering of a broad range of both proprietary and external investment products and
our increasing use of an asset-based fee structure further align our interests with those of our wealth management clients.
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Proven Management Team.
Our executive management averages more than 30 years
of experience in the financial services industry and provides senior level management to every aspect of our business. Our executive
management is supported by a core team of professionals who also have significant experience in the financial services industry.
Their collective experience has resulted in a large network of both leaders of corporations and institutions and affluent investors
with whom our executive management has developed extensive relationships. We strengthen these relationships further by providing
our clients personalized service, senior level attention, and access to other areas of our business.
|
|
|
|
Our Strategy
We
believe there is an uncommon opportunity for a high quality wealth management firm that can tailor its product and service offerings
to fit the needs of its individual, corporate, and institutional clients. Further, we believe we have put in place the people,
infrastructure, and brand recognition at each of our businesses, which, combined with sufficient working capital, will enable us
to leverage our operating platform to further increase our profitability and market share. Specifically, we intend to:
Capitalize
on Growth of Our Target Markets by Expanding Our Wealth Management Business.
We intend to take advantage of favorable
demographic trends to continue to expand our Mass Affluent business by:
|
•
|
opening additional offices and adding more advisors;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
continuing to focus on Mass Affluent makert; and
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
expanding retirement and institutional divisions.
|
The
expansion of Edelman offices in 2009, 2010, and 2011, along with the marketing efforts of the Edelman entities, has created more
investor awareness of, and respect for, the Edelman brand. In addition to Ric Edelman’s radio show and best-selling books,
a new weekly television series, season one of
The Truth About Money with Ric Edelman,
comprised of 26 half-hour episodes,
has aired on more than 200 public television stations across the country and is available online at truthaboutmoneytv.com. Based
on these marketing efforts and surveys conducted for the Company by Opinion Research Corporation, which showed that the Edelman
brand is well known and highly regarded, we changed our name in May 2011 to “The Edelman Financial Group Inc.”
Supplement
Internal Growth with Strategic Acquisitions.
We plan to actively pursue opportunities to acquire all or a significant
portion of other complementary wealth management businesses to gain access to additional proprietary products to offer our high
net worth, mass affluent, and institutional clients, to gain access to new clients, to increase our assets under management or
advisement, and to expand our geographic base. We believe that attractive acquisition opportunities exist, particularly among smaller,
specialized regional financial services firms that want to affiliate with a larger company while still retaining their identity
and entrepreneurial culture. Since 2000, we have acquired or gained control of several significant firms with products and services
that we believe complement or expand our client base and the services and products that we provide. In addition, we believe that
the ongoing consolidation trend in the financial services industry will allow us to continue to hire proven financial professionals
who prefer the culture and opportunities inherent in an innovative regional firm such as ours. We have increased our client assets
and expanded our product offerings through the acquisitions of Edelman in 2005, Rikoon in 2007, Leonetti and Miller-Green in 2008,
and IFS and GFS in 2010.
Marketing
While we believe cross-selling
opportunities exist among our various businesses based on the relationships developed by the individual companies, each major subsidiary
has its own branding identity subject to The Edelman Financial Group Inc. umbrella.
SMH markets through its
10 offices. SMH targets its client groups through financial advisor relationships, mailings, telephone calls, in-person presentations,
and firm-sponsored workshops. Due to the nature of its business, its regional name recognition, and the reputation of its management,
business is obtained through referrals from existing clients, corporate relationships, investment bankers, or initiated directly
by the client, as well as through senior level calling programs.
EFS conducts its marketing
efforts through media channels designed to educate individuals on the subject of personal finance. Ric Edelman hosts a nationally
syndicated weekly radio program in the Washington, D.C. area and in 50 other markets. Ric Edelman also publishes a monthly
newsletter, and is the author of seven books plus video and audio educational programs designed to help people achieve their financial
goals. In 2011,
The Truth About Money
began airing across 200 public television stations across the United States.
SMH Capital Advisors focuses
its marketing and business development efforts on specific client groups through consultants, mailings, telephone calls, and multi-media
client presentations. Kissinger conducts its marketing and business development primarily through referrals from existing clients
and other professionals (i.e., accountants and attorneys) and sponsored or co-sponsored workshops and seminars. The seminars are
sponsored by Kissinger, local employers, government agencies, and local colleges and universities.
Existing
and potential clients can also gain a variety of information about our firm and the services we provide through the Internet websites
for our various businesses. The information on those websites is not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Competition
The wealth management business
is highly competitive. The principal competitive factors influencing our businesses are:
|
•
|
expertise and quality of the professional staff;
|
|
•
|
reputation in the marketplace;
|
|
•
|
existing client relationships;
|
|
•
|
performance of investment strategies or product offerings;
|
|
•
|
advertising and sales promotion efforts; and
|
|
•
|
types, quality, and price of our products and
services.
|
We compete directly with
national and regional full service financial services firms, banks, insurance companies, asset management and advisory firms,
on-line and discount brokers, private trust companies, sponsors of mutual funds, venture capital, private equity and hedge funds,
and other wealth and asset managers. We believe that our principal competitive advantages include our regional and industry focus,
focus on the growing high net worth and mass affluent markets, highly regarded distribution network and investment managers, ability
to cross-sell our products, create wealth partnerships with our clients, and our proven management team.
The financial services
industry has become considerably more concentrated as many securities firms have either ceased operations, been acquired by, or
merged into other firms. Many of these larger firms have significantly greater financial and other resources than we do and can
offer their customers more product offerings, lower pricing, broader research capabilities, access to international markets, and
other products and services we do not offer, which may give these firms a competitive advantage over us.
During 2008 and 2009, many
of our largest competitors were materially negatively affected by the global financial crisis. Certain of our larger competitors
ceased to do business, while others merged, obtained substantial government assistance, and changed their business models and regulatory
status, including becoming bank holding companies. The surviving companies remain competitors and continue to have
resources and product offerings that have a competitive impact on us.
As we seek to expand our
wealth management business, we face competition in the pursuit of clients interested in our services, the recruitment and retention
of wealth management professionals, and the identification and acquisition of other wealth management firms that can be integrated
into our group.
Government Regulation
The securities industry
is one of the nation's most extensively regulated industries. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”)
is responsible for the administration of the federal securities laws and serves as a supervisory body over all national securities
exchanges and associations. The regulation of broker-dealers has to a large extent been delegated by the federal securities
laws to the FINRA and other self regulatory organizations (“SROs”). These
SROs include, among others, all the national securities and commodities exchanges and the FINRA. Subject to approval
by the SEC and certain other regulatory authorities, SROs adopt rules that govern the industry and conduct periodic examinations
of the operations of our broker-dealer subsidiary. SMH, one of our broker-dealer subsidiaries is registered in all 50
states, Puerto Rico and is also subject to regulation under the laws of these jurisdictions. GFS BD is registered in 16 states.
As
registered broker-dealers and members of FINRA, SMH and GFS BD, our brokerage subsidiaries, are subject to certain net capital
requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). The net capital
rules, which specify minimum net capital requirements for registered broker-dealers, are designed to measure the financial soundness
and liquidity of broker-dealers. Failure to maintain the required net capital may subject a firm to suspension or revocation
of registration by the SEC and suspension or expulsion by other regulatory
bodies, and ultimately may require its liquidation. Further, a decline in a broker-dealer's net capital below certain
“early warning levels,” even though above minimum capital requirements, could cause material adverse consequences
to the broker-dealer. SMH and GFS BD conduct business on a national basis as introducing firms, using a third-party firm for securities
clearing and custody functions.
SMH and GFS BD are subject
to other rules and regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales and trading practices, public offerings,
use and safekeeping of clients’ funds and securities, recordkeeping and reporting, and the conduct of directors, officers
and employees. Broker-dealers are also regulated by state securities administrators in those jurisdictions where they do business.
Compliance with many of the rules and regulations applicable to us involves a number of risks because rules and regulations are
subject to varying interpretations. Regulators make periodic examinations and review annual, monthly and other reports on our operations,
track record and financial condition. Violations of rules and regulations governing a broker-dealer’s actions could result
in censure, penalties and fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, the suspension or expulsion from the securities industry
of such broker-dealer or its officers or employees, or other similar adverse consequences. The rules of the Municipal Securities
Rulemaking Board, which are enforced by the SEC and FINRA, apply to the municipal securities activities of SMH and GFS BD.
As registered investment
advisors under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), SMH, SMH Capital Advisors, EFS, Rikoon, Leonetti,
Miller-Green, IFS, and Global IA, are subject to the requirements of regulations under both the Advisers Act and certain state
securities laws and regulations. Such requirements relate to, among other things, limitations on the ability of investment
advisors to charge performance-based or non-refundable fees to clients, record-keeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements,
limitations on principal transactions between an advisor or its affiliates and advisory clients, and general anti-fraud prohibitions.
In addition, certain of our subsidiaries are subject to ERISA, and Sections 4975(c)(1)(A), (B), (C) or (D) of the Internal Revenue
Code, and to regulations promulgated thereunder, insofar as they are a “fiduciary” under ERISA with respect to benefit
plan clients or otherwise deal with benefit plan clients. ERISA and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, impose
certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA, prohibit certain transactions involving ERISA plan clients (including,
without limitation, employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), individual retirement accounts and Keogh plans)
and provide monetary penalties for violations of these prohibitions.
The SEC is authorized to
institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of the Advisers Act, ranging from fines and censure to termination of
an investment adviser’s registration. Investment advisers also are subject to certain state securities laws and regulations.
Non-compliance with the Advisers Act or other federal and state securities laws and regulations could result in investigations,
sanctions, disgorgement, fines or other similar consequences.
Additional legislation,
changes in rules promulgated by the SEC, FINRA and other SROs, or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws
and rules may directly effect the mode of our operation and profitability.
The
USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “PATRIOT Act”) contains anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and mandates
the implementation of various regulations applicable to broker-dealers, FCMs and other financial services companies. Financial
institutions subject to the PATRIOT Act generally must have anti-money laundering procedures in place, implement specialized employee
training programs, designate an anti-money laundering compliance officer and are audited periodically by an independent party
to test the effectiveness of compliance. We have established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations.
Regulatory
activity in the areas of privacy and data protection continues to grow worldwide and is generally being driven by the growth of
technology and related concerns about the rapid and widespread dissemination and use of information. We must comply with these
information-related regulations, including, but not limited to, the 1999 Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, SEC Regulation S-P, the Fair
Credit Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, and the 2003 Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, to the extent they are applicable
to us.
Employees
At December 31, 2011, we
had 498 employees. Of these, 413 are in investment management, 28 are in systems development, and 57 are in accounting,
administration, legal, compliance, and support operations. None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining
agreements. We believe our relations with our employees generally are good.
Available Information
Our annual report on Form
10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant
to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as well as proxy statements, are made available free of charge on our internet website,
http://www.edelmanfinancial.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish
it to, the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100
F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, U.S.A. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference
room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
Additionally, we
make available on our website, http://www.edelmanfinancial.com, and in print, upon request of any shareholder to our Chief
Financial Officer, a number of our corporate governance documents. These include: charters for the Audit Committee and the
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and the Business Ethics Policy for Employees. Within the time period required
by the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market, we post on our website any modifications to any of the available documents. The
information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
Our Chief Financial Officer
can be contacted at The Edelman Financial Group Inc., 600 Travis, Suite 5800, Houston, Texas 77002, telephone: (713) 224-3100.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
We face a variety of risks
that are substantial and inherent in our businesses, including market, liquidity, credit, operational, legal, and regulatory risks. In
addition to the other information included in this Form 10-K, the following risk factors should be considered in evaluating our
business and future prospects. The risk factors described below represent what we believe are the most significant risk
factors with respect to us and our business. In assessing the risks relating to our business, investors should also
read the other information included in this Form 10-K, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto and “Item
7. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations –
Special Cautionary
Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
.”
Risks
Relating to the Nature of Our Business
Changing conditions in financial markets
and the economy could result in decreased revenues, losses or other adverse consequences.
The
securities business is directly affected by many factors, including market, economic, and political conditions; broad trends in
business and finance; investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; legislation and regulation affecting the national
and international business and financial communities; currency values; inflation; the availability and cost of short-term and
long-term funding and capital; the credit capacity or perceived creditworthiness of the securities industry in the marketplace;
the level and volatility of equity prices and interest rates; and technological changes.
As
a national wealth management firm, changes in the U.S., international, or regional financial markets or economic conditions could
adversely affect our business in many ways, including the following:
• Adverse
changes in the market could lead to a reduction in revenue from asset management fees and investment income from managed funds.
Even in the absence of a market downturn, below-market investment performance by our portfolio managers and funds could reduce
asset management revenue and assets under management and result in reputational damage that might make it more difficult to attract
new investors.
• A
market downturn could lead to a decline in the volume of transactions executed for customers and, therefore, to a decline in the
revenue we receive from commissions and spreads.
•
Our plans for expansion of our client base or the services we provide may be delayed or impaired.
• Adverse
changes in the market could lead to losses from principal transactions on our inventory positions.
• Limitations
on the availability of credit, such as occurred during 2008, can affect our ability to borrow on a secured or unsecured basis,
which may adversely affect our liquidity and results of operations.
• New
or increased taxes on compensation payments such as bonuses or on balance sheet items may adversely affect our profits.
• Should
one of our competitors fail, our securities prices and our revenue could be negatively impacted based upon negative market sentiment
causing customers to cease doing business with us, which could adversely affect our business, funding and liquidity.
The wealth management business is highly
competitive. If we are not able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, our business, financial condition,
and results of operations will be adversely affected
.
The wealth management business
is highly competitive, and we expect it to remain so. The principal competitive factors influencing our wealth management and institutional
services businesses are:
|
•
|
the experience and quality of the professional staff;
|
|
•
|
reputation in the marketplace;
|
|
•
|
investment performance;
|
|
•
|
existing client relationships; and
|
|
•
|
mix of market capabilities.
|
We compete directly with
many other national and regional full service financial services firms, banks, insurance companies, asset management and advisory
firms, and, to a lesser extent, with on-line and discount brokers. We also compete for wealth management services with commercial
banks, private trust companies, sponsors of mutual funds, financial planning firms, venture capital, private equity and hedge funds,
and other wealth managers.
We are a relatively small
firm with 498 employees as of December 31, 2011, and total revenue of $169.0 million in 2011. Many of our competitors have more
personnel and financial resources than we do. Larger competitors are able to advertise their products and services on a national
or regional basis and may have a greater number and variety of products and distribution outlets for their products, larger customer
bases, and greater name recognition. These larger and better capitalized competitors may be better able to respond to changes in
the wealth management and institutional services industries, to finance acquisitions, to fund internal growth, and to compete for
market share generally.
Increased pressure created
by current or future competitors, individually or collectively, could materially and adversely affect our business and results
of operations. Increased competition may result in reduced revenue and loss of market share. Further, as a strategic response to
changes in the competitive environment, we may from time to time make certain pricing, service, or marketing decisions or acquisitions
that also could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. In addition, new technologies and the expansion
of existing technologies may increase competitive pressures on us. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and
future competitors.
Competition also extends
to the hiring and retention of highly skilled employees. A competitor may be successful in hiring away an employee or group of
employees, which may result in our losing business formerly serviced by them. Such competition can also raise our costs of hiring
and retaining the key employees we need to effectively execute our business plan.
If we are unable to compete
effectively, our business, financial condition, and results of operations will be adversely affected.
Poor investment performance, in either
relative or absolute terms, may reduce the profitability of our wealth management business.
We derive our revenue from this business primarily from
management fees that are based on committed capital, assets under management or advisement, and incentive fees, which are earned
if the return of our proprietary funds exceeds certain threshold returns. Our ability to maintain or increase assets under management
or advisement is subject to a number of factors, including investors’ perception of our past performance, in either relative
or absolute terms, market or economic conditions, and competition from other fund managers.
Investment performance
is one of the most important factors in retaining existing clients and competing for new wealth management business. Poor investment
performance could reduce our revenue and impair our growth in a number of ways:
|
•
|
existing clients may withdraw funds from our wealth management business in favor of better performing products;
|
|
•
|
our incentive fees could decline or be eliminated entirely;
|
|
•
|
asset-based advisory fees could decline as a result of a decrease in assets under management;
|
|
•
|
our ability to attract funds from existing and new clients might diminish;
|
|
•
|
firms with which we have business relationships may terminate their relationships with us; and
|
|
•
|
our wealth managers and investment advisors may depart, whether to join a competitor or otherwise.
|
Even when market conditions
are generally favorable, our investment performance may be adversely affected by the investment style of our wealth management
and investment advisors and the particular investments that they make. To the extent our future investment performance is perceived
to be poor in either relative or absolute terms, the revenue and profitability of our wealth management business will likely be
reduced and our ability to attract new clients and funds will likely be impaired.
Our wealth management clients
can terminate their relationships with us, reduce the aggregate assets under management or advisement, or shift their funds to
other types of accounts with different rate structures for any number of reasons, including investment performance, changes in
prevailing interest rates, inflation, changes in investment preferences of clients, changes in our reputation in the marketplace,
changes in management or control of clients or third party distributors with whom we have relationships, loss of key investment
management personnel or wealth advisors, and financial market performance.
Lack of sufficient liquidity or
access to capital could impair our business and financial condition
.
Historically,
we have satisfied our need for funding from internally generated funds, sales of shares of our common stock to our employees and
to the public, and a credit facility with a financial institution. As a result of the low level of leverage that we have traditionally
employed in our business model, we have not been forced to significantly curtail our business activities as a result of lack of
credit sources and we believe that our capital resources are currently sufficient to continue to support our current business
activities. In the event existing financial resources did not satisfy our needs, we might have to seek additional outside financing.
The availability of outside financing will depend on a variety of factors, such as our financial condition and results of operations,
the availability of acceptable collateral, market conditions, the general availability of credit, the volume of trading activities,
and the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry.
The soundness of other financial
institutions could adversely affect us.
Our
ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other
financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other
relationships. We have exposure to many different counterparties and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in
the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and
other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions,
or the financial services industry generally, could lead to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults
by us or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty
or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated
at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the receivable due us. Any such losses could be material and could materially
and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
There are market, credit and counterparty,
and liquidity risks associated with our market making and principal trading. We may experience significant losses if the value
of our marketable security positions deteriorates.
We conduct market making
and principal trading for our own account, which subjects our capital to significant risks. These activities often involve the
purchase, sale, or short sale of securities as principal in markets that are characterized as relatively illiquid or that may be
susceptible to rapid fluctuations in liquidity and price. Unfavorable market conditions could limit our resale of purchased securities
or the repurchase of securities sold short. These risks involve market, credit and counterparty, and liquidity risks, which could
result in losses for us. Market risk relates to the risk of fluctuating values and the ability of third parties to whom we have
extended credit to repay us. Credit and counterparty risks represent the potential loss due to a client or counterparty failing
to perform its contractual obligations, such as delivery of securities or payment of funds. Liquidity risk relates to our inability
to liquidate assets or redirect illiquid investments. In any period, we may experience losses as a result of price declines, lack
of trading volume, or lack of liquidity.
In our wealth management
and other activities, we may have large concentrations in securities of, or commitments to, a single issuer or issuers engaged
in a specific industry. These concentrations increase our exposure to market risks.
Our business depends on the services
of our executive officers, senior management, and many other skilled professionals and may suffer if we lose the services of our
executive officers, senior management, or other skilled professionals.
We depend on the continuing
efforts of our executive officers and senior management. That dependence may be intensified by our decentralized operating strategy.
If executive officers or members of senior management leave us, our business or prospects could be adversely affected until we
attract and retain qualified replacements.
We derive a substantial
portion of our revenue from the efforts of our financial services professionals. Therefore, our future success depends, in large
part, on our ability to attract, recruit, and retain qualified financial services professionals. Demand for these professionals
is high and their qualifications make them particularly mobile. These circumstances have led to escalating compensation packages
in the industry. Up front payments, increased payouts, and guaranteed contracts have made recruiting these professionals more difficult
and can lead to departures by current professionals. From time to time we have experienced, and we may in the future experience,
losses of wealth management, sales and trading, and research professionals. Departures can also cause client defections due to
close relationships between clients and the professionals. If we are unable to retain our key employees or attract, recruit, integrate,
or retain other skilled professionals in the future, our business could suffer.
We have a number of investment
advisor affiliates, including EFS, Rikoon, SMH Capital Advisors, Kissinger, Dickenson, Leonetti, Miller-Green, Global, and IFS
which were founded by and are identified with specific individuals. The departure, death, or disability of any one of
these individuals could result in the loss of clients and assets under management.
We generally do not have
employment agreements with our senior executive officers or other professionals. We attempt to retain our employees with incentives
such as the issuance of our stock subject to continued employment. These incentives, however, may be insufficient in light of increasing
competition for experienced professionals in the securities industry, particularly if our stock price declines or fails to appreciate
sufficiently to be a competitive source of a portion of a professional’s compensation.
Litigation and potential securities laws
liabilities may adversely affect our business.
Many aspects of our business
involve substantial risks of liability, litigation, and arbitration, which could adversely affect us. As a normal part of our business,
we are from time to time named as a defendant or co-defendant in civil litigation and arbitration proceedings and as a subject
of regulatory investigations arising from our business activities as a financial services firm. Some of these proceedings involve
claims for substantial amounts of damages, based on allegations such as misconduct by us or our failure to properly supervise our
wealth management advisors, bad investment advice, unsuitable investment recommendations or excessive trading in a client’s
account by our wealth management advisors, materially false or misleading statements made in connection with securities offerings
and other transactions, the advice we provide to participants in corporate transactions, and disputes over the terms and conditions
of complex trading arrangements. The risks of liability, litigation, and arbitration often may be difficult to assess or quantify,
and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown for substantial periods of time. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting
the outcome of legal and regulatory proceedings, particularly where the plaintiffs or regulatory authorities seek substantial or
indeterminate damages or fines or where novel legal theories or a large number of parties are involved, we cannot state with confidence
what the eventual outcome of currently pending matters will be or what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will
be. Depending on our results for a particular period, an adverse determination could have a material effect on quarterly or annual
operating results in the period in which it is resolved. See “Item 3. – Legal Proceedings.”
We may experience substantial fluctuations
in our operating results from period to period due to the nature of our business and therefore fail to meet profitability expectations.
Our operating results may
fluctuate from quarter to quarter and from year to year due to a combination of factors. These factors include:
|
•
|
levels of assets under our management;
|
|
•
|
the number of institutional and retail brokerage
transactions and the commissions we receive from those
transactions;
|
|
•
|
changes in the market valuations of investments
held by proprietary investment funds that we organize and
manage and of companies in which we have invested
as a principal;
|
|
•
|
the timing of recording of wealth management fees and special allocations of income, if any;
|
|
•
|
the realization of profits and losses on principal investments;
|
|
•
|
variations in expenditures for personnel, consulting, accounting, and legal expenses;
|
|
•
|
expenses of establishing any new business units, including marketing and technology expenses; and
|
|
•
|
changes in accounting principles.
|
We depend on proprietary and third party
systems, so a systems failure could significantly disrupt our business. These and other operational risks may disrupt
our business, result in regulatory action against us, or limit our growth.
Our business depends highly
on our ability to process, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets, and the transactions
we process have become increasingly complex. Consequently, we rely heavily on our communications and financial, accounting, and
other data processing systems, including systems provided by our clearing brokers and service providers. We face operational risk
arising from mistakes made in the confirmation or settlement of transactions or from transactions not being properly recorded,
evaluated, or accounted.
If any of
these systems do not operate properly or are disabled, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our business,
liability to clients, regulatory intervention, or reputational damage. Any failure or interruption of our systems, the
systems of our clearing brokers, custodians, or third party trading systems could cause delays or other problems in our
securities trading activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. In addition, our clearing
brokers and custodians provide our principal disaster recovery system. We cannot provide assurance that we or our clearing
brokers or custodians will not suffer any systems failures or interruption, including ones caused by earthquake, fire, other
natural disasters, power or telecommunications failure, act of God, act of war, terrorism, or otherwise, or that our or our
clearing brokers’ back-up procedures and capabilities in the event of any such failure or interruption will be
adequate. The inability of our or our clearing brokers’ or custodians’ systems to accommodate an increasing
volume of transactions could also constrain our ability to expand our business.
Our operations rely on
the secure processing, storage, and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. Although
we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, our computer systems, software, and networks
may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, or other malicious code, and other events that could have a security
impact. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could jeopardize our or our clients’ or counterparties’
confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise
cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, our counterparties’ or third parties’ operations. We
may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities
or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered
through any insurance maintained by us.
Strategic investments or acquisitions
may result in additional risks and uncertainties in our business.
We intend to grow our core
businesses through both internal expansion and through strategic investments and acquisitions. To the extent we make strategic
investments or acquisitions, we face numerous risks and uncertainties combining or integrating the relevant businesses and systems,
including the need to combine accounting and data processing systems and management controls, and to integrate relationships with
clients, vendors, and business partners. Acquisitions pose the risk that any business we acquire may lose clients or employees
or could under-perform relative to expectations.
Our acquisition of Global
expands our client base into Mexico and Central and South America. A political, economic, or financial disruption in these countries
could adversely impact Global’s business. In addition, Global is subject to U.S. laws relating to money laundering and doing
business with certain individuals, groups, and countries, such as the PATRIOT Act, which place substantial responsibilities
on us with respect to knowing our customers. While we have invested and continue to invest resources in training and compliance
monitoring, the expanded geographical diversity of our clients and customers, as well as the vendors and other third parties that
we deal with, increases the risk that we may be found in violation of such rules and regulations and any such violation could subject
us to significant penalties and adversely affect our reputation.
Growth
of our business could result in increased costs.
We may incur significant
expenses in connection with any expansion of our existing businesses or in connection with any strategic acquisitions and investments,
if and to the extent they arise from time to time. Our overall profitability would be negatively affected if investments and expenses
associated with such growth are not matched or exceeded by the revenue that is derived from such growth.
In the wealth management
business, opening new offices involves recruiting and hiring the personnel necessary to staff the offices. Such personnel may be
employed by competitors, and the retention of such individuals may require us to enter into guaranteed compensation contracts for
a period following commencement of employment. The compensation terms provided for in such contracts may be fixed in whole or in
part. Any guaranteed compensation expenses that cannot be adjusted based on the success or profitability of the offices could reduce
our operating margins.
During 2009, we began to
implement our plan to expand the EFS offices throughout the U.S. with the opening of six new offices in the New York City metropolitan
area. In 2010 and 2011 we opened 19 new EFS offices. We plan to open an additional 6 offices in 2012. These expansion
efforts have required and will continue to require increased investment in management personnel, facilities, and financial and
management systems and controls, all of which, in the absence of sufficient corresponding revenue growth, would cause our operating
margins to decline from current levels. In addition, we estimate that the cost of opening each new office requires expenditures
of approximately $250,000.
Expansion also creates
a need for additional compliance, documentation, risk management and internal control procedures, and often involves the hiring
of additional personnel to monitor such procedures. To the extent such procedures are not adequate to appropriately monitor any
new or expanded business, we could be exposed to a material loss or regulatory sanction.
We are a holding company and depend on
our subsidiaries for dividends, distributions, and other payments.
As
a holding company, we may require dividends, distributions and other payments from our subsidiaries to fund payments on our obligations,
including debt obligations. As a result, regulatory actions could impede access to funds that we need to make payments on obligations
or dividend payments. In addition, because we hold equity interests in our subsidiaries, our rights as an equity holder to the
assets of these subsidiaries are subordinated to any claims of the creditors of these subsidiaries. At December 31, 2011, none
of our subsidiaries had any long-term indebtedness to any third party.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our securities broker-dealer and investment
advisor subsidiaries are subject to substantial regulation. If we fail to comply with applicable requirements, our business will
be adversely affected.
Our businesses are subject
to extensive regulation under both federal and state laws. SMH and GFS BD are registered as broker-dealers with the SEC and FINRA;
EFS, SMH, SMH Capital Advisors, Rikoon, Leonetti, Miller-Green, IFS, and GFS IA are registered with the SEC as investment advisors.
The SEC is the federal
agency responsible for the administration of federal securities laws. In addition, self-regulatory organizations, principally FINRA
and the securities exchanges, are actively involved in the regulation of broker-dealers. We are also subject to regulation by state
securities commissions in those states in which we do business. The principal purpose of regulation and discipline of broker-dealers
is the protection of clients and the securities markets rather than protection of creditors and shareholders of broker-dealers.
Broker-dealers are subject to regulations that cover all aspects of the securities business, including sales methods, trade practices
among broker-dealers, use and safekeeping of customers’ funds and securities, capital structure of securities firms, record-keeping,
and the conduct of directors, officers, and employees.
The
SEC, FINRA, and state securities commissions may conduct administrative proceedings that can result in:
|
•
|
censure, fines, or civil penalties;
|
|
•
|
issuance of cease-and-desist orders;
|
|
•
|
deregistration, suspension, or expulsion of a broker-dealer or investment advisor;
|
|
•
|
suspension or disqualification of the broker-dealer’s officers or employees;
|
|
•
|
prohibition against engaging in certain lines of business; and
|
|
•
|
other adverse consequences.
|
The imposition of any penalties
or orders on us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The investment
banking and brokerage industries have recently come under scrutiny at both the state and federal levels, and the cost of compliance
and the potential liability for noncompliance has increased as a result.
The regulatory environment
in which we operate is also subject to change. Our business may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation,
or changes in rules promulgated by the SEC, FINRA, and other SROs. We may also be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation
or enforcement of existing laws and rules by the SEC and FINRA.
Our financial services
businesses may be materially affected not only by regulations applicable to our subsidiaries as financial market intermediaries
but also by regulations of general application. For example, the volume of our merchant banking and principal investment business
in a given period could be affected by existing and proposed tax legislation, antitrust policy, and other governmental regulations
and policies (including the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board), as well as changes in interpretation or enforcement
of existing laws and rules that affect the business and financial communities.
Our ability to comply with
laws and regulations relating to our financial services businesses depends in large part upon maintaining a system to monitor compliance
and our ability to attract and retain qualified compliance personnel. Although we believe we are in material compliance with all
applicable laws and regulations, we may not be able to comply in the future. Any noncompliance could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The business operations of SMH and GFS
BD may face limitations due to net capital requirements.
As registered broker-dealers,
SMH and GFS BD are subject to the net capital rules administered by the SEC and FINRA. These rules, which specify minimum net capital
requirements for registered broker-dealers and FINRA members, are designed to assure that broker-dealers maintain adequate net
capital in relation to their liabilities and the size of their customer’s business. These requirements have the effect of
requiring that a substantial portion of a broker-dealer’s assets be kept in cash or highly liquid investments. Failure to
maintain the required net capital may subject a firm to suspension or revocation of its registration by the SEC and suspension
or expulsion by FINRA and other regulatory bodies. Compliance with these net capital rules could limit operations that require
extensive capital, such as underwriting or trading activities.
These net capital rules
could also restrict our ability to withdraw capital in situations where either SMH or GFS BD has more than the minimum required
capital. We may be limited in our ability to pay dividends, implement our strategies, pay interest or repay principal on our debt,
and redeem or repurchase our outstanding shares. In addition, a change in these net capital rules or new rules affecting the scope,
coverage, calculation, or amount of the net capital requirements, or a significant operating loss or significant charge against
net capital, could have similar effects.
Our
exposure to legal liability is significant, and damages that we may be required to pay and the reputational harm that could result
from legal or regulatory action against us could materially adversely affect our businesses.
We face significant legal
risks in our businesses and, in recent years, the volume of claims and amount of damages sought in litigation and regulatory proceedings
against financial institutions have been increasing. These risks include potential liability under securities or other laws for
materially false or misleading statements made in connection with securities offerings and other transactions. We are
also potentially subject to claims arising from disputes with employees. These risks often may be difficult to assess or quantify
and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown for substantial periods of time. See “Item 3 — Legal
Proceedings” for a further discussion of certain legal matters applicable to us.
We depend to a large extent
on our reputation for integrity and high-caliber professional services to attract and retain clients and customers. As a result,
if a client or customer is not satisfied with our services, it may be more damaging in our business than in other businesses. Our
activities may subject us to the risk of significant legal liabilities to our clients and aggrieved third parties. As a result,
we may incur significant legal and other expenses in defending against litigation and may be required to pay substantial damages
for settlements and adverse judgments. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations or cause significant reputational harm to us, which could seriously harm our business
and prospects.
Regulatory inquiries and
subpoenas or other requests for information or testimony in connection with litigation may require incurrence of significant expenses,
including fees for legal representation and fees associated with document production. These costs may be incurred even if we are
not a target of the inquiry or a party to litigation.
There have been a number
of highly publicized cases involving fraud or other misconduct by employees in the financial services industry in recent years,
and we run the risk that employee misconduct could occur at our company. For example, misconduct by employees could involve the
improper use or disclosure of confidential information, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious reputational or
financial harm. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity
may not be effective in all cases, and we may suffer significant reputational harm for any misconduct by our employees.
Risks Relating to Owning Our Common Stock
The market price of our common stock
may be volatile, which could adversely affect the value of your shares
.
Our common stock may trade at prices below your
purchase price.
The market price of our
common stock may be subject to significant fluctuations in response to many factors, including:
|
•
|
our perceived prospects;
|
|
•
|
the perceived prospects of the securities and financial services industries in general;
|
|
•
|
differences between our actual financial results and those expected by investors and analysts;
|
|
•
|
changes in securities analysts’ recommendations or projections;
|
|
•
|
our announcements of significant contracts, milestones, or acquisitions;
|
|
•
|
sales of substantial amounts of our common stock;
|
|
•
|
changes in general economic or market conditions,
including conditions in the securities brokerage
and investment banking markets;
|
|
•
|
changing conditions in the industry of one of our major client groups; and
|
|
•
|
fluctuations in stock market price and volume unrelated to us or our operating performance.
|
Many of these factors are
beyond our control. Any one of the factors noted herein could have an adverse effect on the value of our common stock. Our
common stock may trade at prices below your purchase price.
Because
our board of directors can issue common stock without shareholder approval, you could experience substantial dilution.
Our board of directors
has the authority to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock, to issue options and warrants to purchase shares of our common
stock, and to issue debt convertible into common stock without shareholder approval in certain circumstances. Future issuances
of additional shares of our common stock could be at values substantially below the price at which you may purchase our stock and,
therefore, could represent substantial dilution. In addition, our board of directors could issue large blocks of our common stock
to fend off unwanted tender offers or hostile takeovers without shareholder approval.
Our ability to issue “blank check”
preferred stock without approval by the holders of our common stock could adversely affect your rights as a common shareholder
and could be used as an anti-takeover device.
Our charter allows our
board of directors to issue preferred stock and to determine its rights, powers, and preferences without shareholder approval (“blank
check preferred stock”). Future preferred stock issued under the board’s authority could contain preferences over our
common stock as to dividends, distributions, and voting power. Holders of preferred stock could, for example, be given the right
to separately elect some number of our directors in all or specified events or an independent veto right over certain transactions,
and redemption rights and liquidation preferences assigned to preferred shareholders could affect the residual value of your common
stock. We could also use the preferred stock to deter or delay a change in control that may be opposed by management even if the
transaction might be favorable to you as a common shareholder.
Our officers and directors own a substantial
amount of our common stock and, therefore, exercise significant control over our corporate governance and affairs, which may result
in their taking actions with which you do not agree.
Our executive officers,
directors, and affiliates, and entities affiliated with them, control approximately 30% of our outstanding common stock (including
exercisable stock options held by them). These shareholders, if they act together, may be able to exercise substantial influence
over the outcome of all corporate actions requiring approval of our shareholders, including the election of directors and approval
of significant corporate transactions, which may result in corporate action with which you do not agree. This concentration of
ownership may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control and might affect the market price of our common
stock.
An impairment in the carrying value of
our goodwill could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and share price.
Goodwill represents the
difference between the purchase price of acquired companies and the related fair values of net assets acquired. Under generally
accepted accounting principles, we review our goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances
indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. Factors
that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets
may not be recoverable include a decline in our stock price and market capitalization, future cash flows, and slower growth rates
in our industry. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indication of impairment exists. We may be required
to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill
or other intangible assets is determined, resulting in an impact on our results of operations. For example, in March 2009, we announced
a loss of $58.3 million for the fourth quarter of 2008, which included non-cash goodwill and other intangible assets impairment
charges of $56.7 million, due to the decline in our stock price causing our market capitalization to fall below the net book value
of our assets.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2. Properties
Our principal executive
offices together with certain wealth management and brokerage operations of the Company are located at 600 Travis, Houston, Texas,
and 4000 Legato Road, Fairfax, Virginia and comprise approximately 67,000 and 47,700 square feet, respectively, of leased office
space pursuant to lease arrangements expiring in 2021. The Company has 43 other office locations including one in Arizona,
four in California, one in Colorado, one in Connecticut, two in Florida, four in Illinois, two in Massachusetts, five in Maryland,
two in Michigan, three in New Jersey, one in New Mexico, seven in New York, two in Ohio, one in Oklahoma, six in Texas, one in
Utah, and three in Virginia. We lease all of our office space which management believes, at the present time, is adequate
for our business.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Many aspects of our business
involve substantial risks of liability. In the normal course of business, we have been and in the future may be named as defendant
or co-defendant in lawsuits and arbitration proceedings involving primarily claims for damages. We are also involved in a number
of regulatory matters arising out of the conduct of our business. There can be no assurance that these matters will not have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations in any future period and a significant judgment could have a material adverse
impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition to claims for damages and monetary
sanctions that may be made against us, we incur substantial costs in investigating and defending claims and regulatory matters.
As previously reported,
in July 2008, the Dallas regional office of the FINRA conducted a routine examination
of SMH’s broker-dealer activities. SMH received an examination report on December 31, 2008, which identified a
number of deficiencies in SMH’s operations. In April 2009, SMH resolved half of the deficiencies noted through
a compliance conference procedure. On October 5, 2010, SMH received a “Wells letter” notification from FINRA, which
stated that the staff of FINRA had made a preliminary determination to recommend that disciplinary action be brought against SMH
and two former employees based on alleged violations of certain federal securities laws and FINRA rules based on the deficiencies
identified in the 2008 examination. Counsel for SMH and the former employees have reached an agreement in principle with the Dallas
regional office of FINRA to resolve this matter as well as two other FINRA investigations with respect to SMH’s operations.
While the agreement must be finalized, we do not believe its impact on SMH and the Company will be material.
On December
28, 2011, Hite Hedge Asset Management, LLC and two of its hedge funds filed a FINRA arbitration proceeding against SMH and one
of its registered representatives (FINRA Case No. 11-04815), alleging that SMH’s actions in charging approximately $940,000
in fees to locate “hard to borrow” securities against Hite’s accounts constituted a breach of SMH’s agreement
not to charge location fees, common law fraud, false and deceptive trade practice under Chapter 93A of the Massachusetts General
Laws, a breach of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, a breach of SMH’s and its
representative’s responsibility for good faith and fair dealing and obligation to observe high standards of commercial honor
and just and equitable principals of trade under FINRA conduct rules, and a violation of sales practice obligations under FINRA
and SEC rules with respect to short sale transactions. Hite requests reimbursement of the fees, punitive damages, and legal fees
and costs. SMH believes it has meritorious defenses to the allegations and intends to vigorously defend against the allegations.
In view of the inherent
difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal proceedings, particularly where the plaintiffs seek substantial or indeterminate
damages or where novel legal theories or a large number of parties are involved, we cannot state with confidence what the eventual
outcome of currently pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be, or what the
eventual result in each pending matter will be. Based on currently available information, we have established reserves for
certain litigation matters and our management does not believe that resolution of any matter will have a material adverse effect
on our liquidity or financial position although, depending on our results for a particular period, an adverse determination could
have a material effect on quarterly or annual operating results in the period in which it is resolved.
Item 4. Reserved
None.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant's
Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Our common stock trades
on the Global Market Security tier of The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “EF.” The following table
sets forth the quarterly high and low sales prices for our common stock during 2011 and 2010 for the calendar quarters indicated,
each as reported on the NASDAQ National Market, and cash dividends declared per share of common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
Calendar Period
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Dividend
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
8.19
|
|
|
$
|
6.70
|
|
|
$
|
0.050
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
8.87
|
|
|
$
|
6.99
|
|
|
$
|
0.050
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
8.31
|
|
|
$
|
5.84
|
|
|
$
|
0.050
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
7.25
|
|
|
$
|
6.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
6.40
|
|
|
$
|
4.50
|
|
|
$
|
0.045
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
6.49
|
|
|
$
|
5.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.045
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
5.89
|
|
|
$
|
4.89
|
|
|
$
|
0.045
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
7.74
|
|
|
$
|
5.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.050
|
|
At March 6, 2012, there
were 208 holders of record of our common stock.
Dividend Policy
In 2002, our board of directors
instituted a policy of paying regular quarterly dividends on our common stock. During 2005, we increased the declared
quarterly dividend payment to $0.045 per share (an annual amount of $0.18 per share). We further increased the declared
quarterly dividend payment to $0.050 per share in the fourth quarter of 2010. In March 2012, the board of directors
declared an additional dividend for the first quarter of 2012 in the amount of $0.050 per share. Our declaration and payment of
future dividends is subject to the discretion of our board of directors. In exercising this discretion, the board of
directors will take into account various factors, including general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our
financial results and condition, our expansion plans, any contractual, legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends,
and such other factors the board considers relevant.
Securities Authorized for Issuance
Under Equity Compensation Plans
For our equity compensation
plans, the following table shows, at the end of fiscal year 2011, (a) the number of securities to be issued upon the exercise of
outstanding options, warrants and rights, (b) the weighted-average exercise price of such options, warrants and rights, and (c)
the number of securities remaining available for future issuance under the plans, excluding those issuable upon exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and rights.
Plan category
|
|
Number of securities
to be issued
upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
|
|
|
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
|
|
|
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column(a))
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
by security holders
|
|
|
235,000
|
|
|
$
|
14.14
|
|
|
|
2,441,881
|
(1)
|
Equity compensation plans not
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
approved by security holders
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
|
|
|
235,000
|
|
|
$
|
14.14
|
|
|
|
2,441,881
|
|
|
(1)
|
The number of shares of our common stock available for
incentive awards under our Long-term Incentive Plan is the greater of 4.0 million shares or 25% of the total number of shares of our
common stock from time to time outstanding.
|
The
following table provides information about the Company’s share repurchase activity for the twelve months ended December
31, 2011:
Period
|
|
Total number of shares purchased
|
|
|
Average price paid per share
|
|
|
Total number of
shares purchased
as part of publicly
announced plans
or
programs (
1)
|
|
|
Maximum number of
shares that may yet
be purchased under
the p
lans or prog
rams
|
|
January 1 to January 31, 2011
|
|
|
48,946
|
|
|
$
|
7.20
|
|
|
|
48,946
|
|
|
|
427,378
|
|
February 1 to February 28, 2011
|
|
|
7,262
|
|
|
|
7.03
|
|
|
|
7,262
|
|
|
|
420,116
|
|
March 1 to March 31, 2011
|
|
|
14,544
|
|
|
|
6.95
|
|
|
|
14,544
|
|
|
|
405,572
|
|
April 1 to April 30, 2011
|
|
|
20,422
|
|
|
|
8.60
|
|
|
|
20,422
|
|
|
|
385,150
|
|
May 1 to May 31, 2011
|
|
|
203,929
|
|
|
|
7.90
|
|
|
|
203,929
|
|
|
|
181,221
|
|
June 1 to June 30, 2011
|
|
|
111,518
|
|
|
|
7.41
|
|
|
|
111,518
|
|
|
|
69,703
|
|
July 1 to July 31, 2011
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
69,703
|
|
August 1 to August 31, 2011
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
69,703
|
|
September 1 to September 30, 2011
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
69,703
|
|
October 1 to October 31, 2011
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
69,703
|
|
November 1 to November 30, 2011
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
69,703
|
|
December 1 to December 31, 2011
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
69,703
|
|
Total
|
|
|
406,621
|
|
|
$
|
7.67
|
|
|
|
406,621
|
|
|
|
69,703
|
|
|
(1)
|
The Company announced a share repurchase program on
November 7, 2007, to purchase up to 1.0 million shares of the Company's shares of common stock. On May 27, 2010, the board of
directors approved the repurchase of up to an additional 1.0 million shares of common stock, subject to maximum expenditure of
$2.5 million under our credit agreement. In April 2011, a waiver from the bank was obtained to approve the repurchase of $2.5
million of treasury shares.
|
Corporate Performance
The following chart shows
a comparison of the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock for the five-year period ended December 31, 2011, as
compared to the cumulative total return of the Nasdaq Stock Market Index and the Nasdaq Financial Stocks Index, a peer group, assuming
$100 was invested at market close on December 31, 2006 in our common stock and the two indices and dividends were reinvested.
|
|
Dec-06
|
|
|
Dec-07
|
|
|
Dec-08
|
|
|
Dec-09
|
|
|
Dec-10
|
|
|
Dec-11
|
|
The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
$
|
81.67
|
|
|
$
|
48.92
|
|
|
$
|
46.54
|
|
|
$
|
62.81
|
|
|
$
|
58.47
|
|
Nasdaq Stock Market Index (U.S. & Foreign)
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
110.53
|
|
|
|
66.28
|
|
|
|
96.32
|
|
|
|
113.95
|
|
|
|
113.00
|
|
Nasdaq Financial Stocks Index (1)
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
89.90
|
|
|
|
62.67
|
|
|
|
65.62
|
|
|
|
74.78
|
|
|
|
68.30
|
|
|
(1)
|
The Nasdaq Financial Stocks
Index is composed of all Nasdaq companies with Standard Industrial
Classification codes ranging
from 6000 through 6799.
|
The foregoing performance
graph is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation
14A or 14C, other than as provided in Item 201 of Regulation S-K, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference.
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
The following data should
be read together with the Consolidated Financial Statements and their related notes and “Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included later in this report.
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands except per share amounts)
|
|
Statements of Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
169,005
|
|
|
$
|
130,224
|
|
|
$
|
108,261
|
|
|
$
|
99,540
|
|
|
$
|
160,374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
17,662
|
|
|
$
|
17,236
|
|
|
$
|
159
|
|
|
$
|
(9,697
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,017
|
)
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
|
|
|
(2,233
|
)
|
|
|
(1,701
|
)
|
|
|
(529
|
)
|
|
|
(8,700
|
)
|
|
|
3,647
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
15,429
|
|
|
|
15,535
|
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
|
|
(18,397
|
)
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
Less: Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
(9,933
|
)
|
|
|
(5,839
|
)
|
|
|
(5,112
|
)
|
|
|
(6,896
|
)
|
|
|
(5,112
|
)
|
Net income (loss) attributable to The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
5,496
|
|
|
$
|
9,696
|
|
|
$
|
(5,482
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25,293
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,482
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
(0.16
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
(0.24
|
)
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
Net earnings (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.94
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.22
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted
|
|
|
29,912
|
|
|
|
29,370
|
|
|
|
28,402
|
|
|
|
26,972
|
|
|
|
25,086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts attributable to The Edelman Financial Group Inc. common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of income taxes
|
|
$
|
8,148
|
|
|
$
|
11,574
|
|
|
$
|
(4,717
|
)
|
|
$
|
(18,951
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,801
|
)
|
Discontinued operations, net of income taxes
|
|
|
(2,652
|
)
|
|
|
(1,878
|
)
|
|
|
(765
|
)
|
|
|
(6,342
|
)
|
|
|
(681
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
5,496
|
|
|
$
|
9,696
|
|
|
$
|
(5,482
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25,293
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,482
|
)
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands except per share amounts)
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
48,605
|
|
|
$
|
44,521
|
|
|
$
|
40,455
|
|
|
$
|
28,971
|
|
|
$
|
46,503
|
|
Financial instruments owned, at fair value
|
|
|
30,907
|
|
|
|
40,504
|
|
|
|
32,663
|
|
|
|
38,094
|
|
|
|
85,567
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
343,107
|
|
|
|
365,892
|
|
|
|
320,038
|
|
|
|
297,470
|
|
|
|
291,548
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
87,093
|
|
|
|
102,477
|
|
|
|
80,354
|
|
|
|
67,054
|
|
|
|
49,208
|
|
The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
shareholders' equity
|
|
|
223,760
|
|
|
|
225,678
|
|
|
|
223,251
|
|
|
|
221,611
|
|
|
|
222,235
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
32,254
|
|
|
|
37,737
|
|
|
|
16,433
|
|
|
|
8,805
|
|
|
|
20,105
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
256,014
|
|
|
|
263,415
|
|
|
|
239,684
|
|
|
|
230,416
|
|
|
|
242,340
|
|
Cash dividends declared per common
share
|
|
$
|
0.200
|
|
|
$
|
0.185
|
|
|
$
|
0.180
|
|
|
$
|
0.180
|
|
|
$
|
0.180
|
|
Refer to “Note 2 –
Acquisitions
and Dispositions
” and “Note 1 –
Principles of Consolidation
” for additional information
on significant transactions that impact the Consolidated Balance Sheets for 2011 and 2010 for the following significant
transactions:
|
·
|
Madison Williams equity and note receivable write-offs
|
|
·
|
Adoption of ASC Topic 810,
Consolidation
|
Item 7. Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Special Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements
This Annual Report on Form
10-K includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements may relate to such matters
as anticipated financial performance, future revenue or earnings, business prospects, projected ventures, new products, anticipated
market performance, and similar matters. We caution you that a variety of factors could cause our actual results to
differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements. These risks and
uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, include, but are not limited to (1) trading volume in the securities markets;
(2) volatility of the securities markets and interest rates; (3) changes in regulatory requirements that could affect the demand
for our services or the cost of doing business; (4) general economic conditions, both domestic and foreign, especially in the regions
where we do business; (5) changes in the rate of inflation and related impact on securities markets; (6) competition from existing
financial institutions and other new participants in the securities markets; (7) legal developments affecting the litigation experience
of the securities industry; (8) successful implementation of technology solutions; (9) changes in valuations of our trading and
warrant portfolios resulting from mark-to-market adjustments; (10) dependence on key personnel; (11) demand for our services; and
(12) litigation and securities law liabilities. See “Item 1A. – Risk Factors.” The Company
does not undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements.
The following discussion
should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and their related notes and other detailed information
appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Overview
The Company is a
holding company that, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides wealth management and investment and merchant banking
to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including individuals, corporations, and financial institutions in
North America. A summary of these services follows:
Our
Mass Affluent
segment provides investment advisory services, wealth and investment management, and financial planning services
to individual clients in North America, through our subsidiary, Edelman Financial Services (“Edelman”). It primarily
earns advisory fee revenue based on the amount of client assets under management. Additional services provided include financial
planning and asset management for small or mid-size organizations, and 401(k) benefit plan consultations for employers.
Our
Other Wealth Management
segment provides investment management services to primarily high net worth individuals in North
America and institutions, through the branch offices of Sanders Morris Harris Inc. (“SMH”) and Global Financial Services,
L.L.C. (“GFS BD”) – full service broker-dealers, as well as affiliated wealth managers and registered investment
advisors (RIAs) wholly or partially owned by the Company. The services provided include investment strategies and alternatives,
tax efficient estate and financial planning, trusts, and agent/fiduciary investment management services throughout their financial
life cycle, as well as private client brokerage services.
In
addition, we provide specialized wealth management products and services in specific investment styles to individuals,
corporations, and institutions both through internal marketing efforts and externally through formal sub-advisory
relationships and other distribution arrangements with third parties. The Other Wealth Management segment also includes asset
management affiliates. These funds invest primarily in small to mid-size companies, both public and private, primarily in the
life sciences, energy and technology industries.
In
December 2009, the Company completed the sale of its Capital Markets businesses which consisted of our investment banking,
and most of our New York institutional trading, sales, and research businesses (excluding The Juda Group and Concept). As a
result of this transaction, management realigned its reportable segments to reflect its remaining operations and the Capital
Markets segment was renamed the Institutional Services segment. Prior period amounts were reclassified to reflect the new
reportable segments. Concept was spun-off in December 2010, and the segments were further realigned to reflect the remaining
operations of the business. The wealth management segment was separated into two segments, Mass Affluent and Other Wealth
Management, which reflects the internal reporting that executive management reviews and uses for budgeting purposes. In
addition, The Juda Group, our sole remaining business within the institutional services business after the spin-off of
Concept is classified as held-for-sale and included in discontinued operations for all periods presented.
Prime
Brokerage Services
provided trade execution, clearing, bookkeeping, reporting, custodial, securities borrowing, financing,
research, and fund raising to hedge fund clients. The Company maintained a small number of asset management accounts on behalf
of individual asset managers through this division. These services in 2010 were provided by Concept, which was largely disposed
of during the fourth quarter of 2010 and a final disposal transaction occurred on December 31, 2011; therefore, Concept is included
in discontinued operations for all periods presented, and the Prime brokerage service segment no longer has activity as of December
31, 2011.
We are exposed to
volatility and trends in the general securities market and the economy. The end of 2010 and first quarter of 2011 showed signs
of improvement in the economy, with unemployment rates down to 8.5% in December 2011 from 9.9% in December 2009. The performance
of the U.S. equity markets showed improvement in the first and fourth quarters of 2011.
Client
assets have recovered overall from the prior years’ recession, despite the lag in the economy and financial markets in the
second and third quarters of 2011. The recovery has resulted in, among other things, higher advisory fees and commission revenue
for 2011. While many economists believe the recession ended some time during the first quarter of fiscal 2010, there is no guarantee
that conditions will not worsen again. All of these factors have had an impact on our operations. Certain business operations were
discontinued during 2011, which resulted in a decrease in client assets of $1.2 billion. The impact of the $1.2
billion decrease is reflected within the first quarter 2011 client assets balance included below. Client assets were as follows:
|
|
Client Assets
(1)
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
8,627
|
|
March 31, 2009
|
|
|
8,501
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
9,534
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
10,595
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
11,273
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
11,904
|
|
June 30, 2010
|
|
|
11,085
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
12,072
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
17,106
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
16,844
|
|
June 30, 2011
|
|
|
17,492
|
|
September 30, 2011
|
|
|
15,773
|
|
December 31, 2011
|
|
|
16,315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Client
assets include the gross value of assets under management directly or via outside managers and assets held in brokerage accounts
for clients by outside clearing firms.
|
Fiscal year 2008 and the
first quarter of 2009 was a very challenging environment for the capital markets given the unprecedented events on Wall Street
that led to increased uncertainty and turmoil in the U.S. economy and global financial markets. We made the necessary
adjustments to our business and adapted to the current environment. We focused on the following items:
|
·
|
preserving capital and retaining key people in order to emerge as a strong player once market stability returns;
|
|
·
|
reducing compensation and non-compensation expenses in order to operate on a positive cash basis;
|
|
·
|
closing offices that were unprofitable;
|
|
·
|
exiting business lines that are subject to greater than normal revenue and profit volatility; and
|
|
·
|
acquiring wealth management businesses
that enhance or complement our existing franchise value.
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Client assets at January 1
|
|
$
|
17,106
|
|
|
$
|
11,273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
(1,230
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inflows (Outflows):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Inflows
|
|
|
7,197
|
|
|
|
6,661
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Outflows
|
|
|
(6,635
|
)
|
|
|
(2,331
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Inflows
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
|
4,330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market Appreciation (Depreciation)
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
|
|
1,503
|
|
Net Change
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
5,833
|
|
Client Assets at December 31
|
|
$
|
16,315
|
|
|
$
|
17,106
|
|
Client
assets increased by $439.0 million during 2011. The Company’s (0.4%) market-related decrease in client assets
compares with a 2.5% increase in value applying a blended rate. The Global acquisition changes the benchmarks for the
Company, due to the nature of their operations in international bonds; therefore, the 2.5% market increase is based on a
blended rate of a 60/40 domestic portfolio and a 60/40 global portfolio.
Client assets increased
by $5.8 billion during 2010, of which $1.5 billion was due to market appreciation and net inflows of $4.3 billion. The
acquisition of Global in December 2011 represents $4.1 billion of the total $4.3 billion of net inflows. The Company’s
11.85% market-related increase in client assets compares with a 15.06% increase in the S&P 500 and a 12.13% increase in a 60/40
portfolio.
Growth Strategy
Our
expansion of Edelman offices continues as planned. Eight new branches were added in 2010 in metropolitan New York, greater Washington,
D.C., Chicago and South Florida, and four branches were added in the first quarter of 2011 in Boston, Detroit and Richmond. An
additional eight offices were opened in the Columbus, Detroit, Hartford, Los Angeles, Phoenix and San Francisco areas during the
third quarter of 2011, bringing the total number of new Edelman offices to thirty.
The
expansion of Edelman offices in 2009, 2010, and 2011, along with the marketing efforts of the Edelman entities, has created
more investor awareness of, and respect for, the Edelman brand. In addition to Ric Edelman’s radio show and
best-selling books, a new weekly television series,
The Truth About Money with Ric Edelman,
will air on more than 200
public television stations across the country. Based on these marketing efforts and surveys conducted for the Company by
Opinion Research Corporation, which showed that the Edelman brand is well known and highly regarded, we changed our name to
“The Edelman Financial Group Inc.” effective May 28, 2011. In addition, Ric Edelman was elected Co-Chief
Executive Officer following the annual meeting and is expected to become sole Chief Executive in May 2012. George Ball will
continue as Chairman of the Board.
The
Company plans further growth by seeking to acquire other high-caliber practices. Initiatives are also underway to attract new
broker-dealers and advisors who we feel add to the success and profitability of the Company. The Company is also working to attract
new clients and assets to existing businesses and has implemented a significant marketing initiative for the current year.
The
sale of non-core businesses continues to provide income that keeps the Company well capitalized and poised for continued growth
through acquisitions and expansion of Edelman offices. In addition, our purchase of Global, gives us a presence in the international
affluent investor market, which has great profit and growth potential.
We
have instituted cost savings in a variety of areas, including variable expense, integration of several support departments, and
the use of technology to reduce operating expenses.
Business Environment
Our business
is sensitive to financial market conditions, which have been very volatile over the past twenty-four months. As
of December 31, 2010, equity market indices reflected an average increase from a year ago with the Dow Jones Industrial
Average, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the NASDAQ Composite Index up. In contrast, the average
daily volume on the New York Stock Exchange declined during 2010. Despite the rally in the markets in the first
quarter of 2010, the economic environment remains challenging with the national unemployment rate at approximately 9.8% at
December 31, 2010, a decrease from the high of 10% at the end of December 2009. The national unemployment rate
dropped to 8.5% as of December 31, 2011, reflecting further improvement in the U.S. economy throughout 2011. The Federal
Reserve Board reduced the federal funds target rate to 0 – 0.25% on December 16, 2008, and has not yet begun increasing
rates. Most economists do not expect the federal funds rate will increase significantly during 2012.
Investors initially responded
to the volatile markets with a flight to quality which, in turn, reduced yields on short-term U.S. treasury securities and produced
a dramatic reduction in commercial paper issuance. Investors are slowly moving back to high yielding investments, but
this has been a slow progression.
The disruptions and developments
in the general economy and the credit markets over the past twenty-four months have resulted in a range of actions by the U.S.
and foreign governments to attempt to bring liquidity and order to the financial markets and to prevent a long recession in the
world economy. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Act”) was passed by Congress
on July 15, 2010, and was signed into law on July 21, 2010. The Act, among other things, established a Financial Stability
Oversight Council and a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau whose duties will include the monitoring of domestic and international
financial regulatory proposals and developments, as well as the protection of consumers. Many regulations will be issued
to implement the Act over the next twelve to twenty-four months. We have reviewed the Act and presently do not expect
the legislation to have a significant impact on our operations. We are unable to determine the final impact that the Act will have
on our operations until all of the regulations have been issued.
Components of Revenue and Expenses
Revenue
.
Our revenue is comprised primarily of (1) fees from asset-based advisory services, wealth management, and financial planning services,
(2) commission revenue from wealth advisory and (3) principal transactions. We also earn interest on cash held and notes receivable,
receive dividends from the equity and fixed income securities held in our corporate capital accounts, receive sales credits from
third party placement agreements, earn fees through the sale of insurance products, and have realized and unrealized gains (or
losses) on securities in our inventory account.
Expenses.
Our expenses consist of (1) compensation and benefits, (2) floor brokerage, exchange, and clearance fees, and (3) other expenses.
Compensation and benefits have both a variable component, based on revenue production, and a fixed component. The variable component
includes institutional and retail sales commissions, bonuses, overrides, and other incentives. Wealth advisory and institutional
commissions are based on competitive commission schedules. The fixed component includes administrative and executive salaries,
payroll taxes, employee benefits, and temporary employee costs. Compensation and benefits our largest expense item and includes
wages, salaries, and benefits. During 2011, compensation and benefits represented 64.8% of total expenses and 57.6% of total revenue,
compared to 65.9% of total expenses and 59.7% of total revenue during 2010. The decrease in compensation and benefits as a percentage
of total expenses and total revenue is related to an overall increase in variable expenses that relate to compensation of advisors.
As the number of Edelman offices increase, compensation becomes a larger percentage of total expenses, and there were twelve offices
opened in 2011.
Floor
brokerage, exchange, and clearance fees include clearing and trade execution costs associated with the retail, prime, and
institutional brokerage business. The Company clears its transactions through several clearing firms, including Pershing, an
affiliate of The Bank of New York Mellon, Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P. (“Goldman”), First
Clearing, T.D. Ameritrade, and J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp. (“J.P. Morgan”). In 2011, the clearing
agreements with Goldman ended with the final disposition of Concept.
Other
expenses include (1) communications and data processing expenses, such as third-party systems, data, and software providers, (2)
occupancy expenses, such as rent and utility charges for facilities, (3) interest expense, (4) amortization of other intangible
assets, (5) loss on note receivable and (6) other general and administrative expenses.
Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to
Year Ended December 31, 2010
Total
revenue was $169.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $130.2 million for 2010, primarily reflecting increases
of $21.6 million in investment advisory and related services revenue, $5.6 million in commission revenue and $8.7 million in
principal transactions revenue. Total expenses for 2011 increased $32.4 million, or 27.5%, to $150.3 million from $117.9
million in 2010. The increase in expenses was principally due to increases in employee compensation and benefits of $19.6 million,
an increase in loss on note of $4.4 million, other general and administrative expenses of $2.1 million, and amortization
expense of $2.6 million. Income from continuing operations, net of income taxes, attributable to The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
was $8.1 million, or $0.27 per diluted common share, for 2011 compared to $11.6 million, or $0.39 per diluted common share for
2010.
Revenue from investment
advisory and related services increased from $94.3 million during 2010 to $115.9 million in 2011 as a result of an increase in
average client assets. Commission revenue increased to $19.0 million in 2011 from $13.4 million during 2010 as a result
of a increase in trading volume in the Other Wealth Management segment. Investment banking revenue increased to $6.1
million in 2011 from $3.9 million in 2010 due to sales credits from our participation in syndicate transactions, including large
transactions in which SMH participated in during 2011 for a total of $2.4 million. Principal transactions revenue increased
from $4.5 million in 2010 to $13.3 million in 2011 as the result of a increase in the sale of fixed income products of $12.0 million,
related to the acquisition of Global at the end of 2010, offset by a reduction in warrant market values and bond trading of $3.4
million. Interest and dividend income decreased from $9.7 million in 2010 to $9.4 million in 2011 as a result of decreased
interest earned on notes receivable.
During
the year ended December 31, 2011, employee compensation and benefits increased to $97.4 million from $77.8 million in the
same period last year principally due to the acquisition of Global of $11.0 million and the additional employees added due to
expansion within the Mass Affluent segment, including an increase in benefits of $6.8 million. Additional employee
compensation costs incurred in 2011 were additional 401(k) match expense of $1.0 million, due to a change in the benefit plan
as well as an increase in bonus and earnouts related to performance measures of $1.2 million. Occupancy costs
increased to $11.6 million in 2011 from $10.2 million in the same period last year, and other general and
administrative expenses increased to $19.6 million during 2011 from $17.4 million in 2010 due to a write-off of a rent
receivable for a sublease from Madison Williams of $1.4 million, and an increase in advertising costs of $1.6 million, offset
by a reduction in professional and legal fees. Amortization of other intangible assets increased to $4.4 million
from $1.8 million, due to the acquisition of Global.
Our
effective tax rate from continuing operations decreased to 31.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 31.5% for
the year ended December 31, 2010. The effective tax rate is below the federal statutory income tax rate primarily
as a result of state income taxes and the impact of noncontrolling interest on the effective tax rate.
During the second
quarter of 2011, the Company closed one retail office and reclassified SSG, 10 Sports and The Juda Group as held-for-sale, and in
the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company completed a final disposition transaction for Concept. The decision was
made due to the entities’ inability to achieve sufficient revenue to offset their costs. The Company
recorded a net loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes of $2.2 million in 2011 compared to $1.7 million in
2010 related to the entities discontinued in 2011. The Company recognized a gain on the sale of the Washington
Research Group of $1.4 million in 2010, net of income taxes, that is included in “Loss from discontinued
operations, net of income taxes.”
Results
by Segment
Mass Affluent
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
87,323
|
|
|
$
|
73,079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
19,814
|
|
|
$
|
16,771
|
|
Revenue from the Mass
Affluent segment increased to $87.3 million from $73.1 million and income from continuing operations before income taxes increased
to $19.8 million from $16.8 million. Investment advisory and related services fees increased to $87.3 million from
$69.3 million reflecting an increase in assets under management or advisement due to improvement in the general securities market
from 2010 and the opening of eight new offices in 2010 and twelve new offices in 2011. Total expenses increased
to $67.5 million from $56.3 million due to higher employee compensation costs of $7.2 million, occupancy costs of $865,000 associated
with the Edelman expansion, and an increase in other general and administrative expenses of $2.4 million, including an increase
in advertising expenses of $1.5 million.
Other Wealth Management
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
74,655
|
|
|
$
|
51,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
27,267
|
|
|
$
|
18,948
|
|
Revenue
from wealth management increased to $75.0 million from $51.1 million and income from continuing operations before
income taxes increased to $27.3 million from $18.9 million. Principal transactions revenue increased to
$13.4 million in 2011 from $2.0 million in 2010, due to the acquisition of Global. Investment advisory and
related services fees increased to $27.5 million from $24.0 million reflecting an increase in
assets under management
or advisement, primarily due to improvement in the general securities market and the economy
. Commissions
revenue also increased from $11.0 million in 2010 to $17.2 million in 2011,
due to an increase in mutual
fund transactions and trading transactions, reflecting an overall market improvement, as well as the acquisition of
Global
. Global added an additional $5.6 million to commission revenue during 2011.
Total expenses increased to $48.2 million from $34.5 million
due to higher employee compensation costs of $11.9
million associated with the increase in commission payments and $1.4 million due to an increase in communications and data
processing as a result of the increase in total revenue
. Equity in income of
limited partnerships decreased by $1.6 million du
e to a decrease in the net unrealized gain from investments in
private investment limited partnerships.
Corporate Support and Other
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
7,027
|
|
|
$
|
6,034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(21,320
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,555
|
)
|
Revenue from
corporate support and other increased to $7.0 million from $6.0 million, and loss from continuing operations before income
taxes increased to $21.3 million from $10.6 million. Total expenses increased to $34.6 million from $27.1 million
due primarily to increases in loss on loan held-for-sale of $4.4 million and amortization of $2.5 million in 2011.
Equity
in income of limited partnerships decreased to $6.3 million from $10.5 million. The decrease in equity in income of limited
partnerships is attributable to a write-off of the Madison equity during 2011, offset by an increase in the value of the investment in
Proton Therapy Center (“PTC”).
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to
Year Ended December 31, 2009
Total revenue increased
$22.0 million to $130.2 million in 2010 from $108.3 million in 2009, while total expenses increased $6.6 million to $117.9 million
in 2010 from $111.3 million in 2009. The Company recognized goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charges
of $14.6 million in 2009. There were no such impairment charges recorded in 2010. Equity in income (loss) of limited
partnerships increased to income of $12.9 million in 2010 from a loss of $1.8 million in 2009, reflecting an increase in the fair
value of our investment in PTC, Madison Williams, and in the value of fund partnership investments. The Company recognized
a $3.0 million gain on step acquisition in 2009 related to the Company’s previously-held noncontrolling interest in Edelman
Financial Advisors, LLC (“EFA”). Income from continuing operations, net of income taxes attributable to
TEFG common shareholders was $11.6 million, or $0.39 per diluted common share, in 2010 compared to loss of $4.7 million, or
$0.16 per diluted common share, in 2009.
Revenue from
investment advisory and related services increased from $71.6 million during 2009 to $94.3 million in 2010 as a result of an
increase in average client assets. Commission revenue increased to $13.4 million in 2010 from $11.1 million during
2009 as a result of an increase in commission-based transactions. Investment banking revenue increased to $3.9 million in 2010
from $2.2 million in 2009 due to an increase in selling concessions earned, partially offset by a decrease in sales credits
received in investment banking transactions. Principal transactions revenue decreased from $7.3 million in 2009
to $4.5 million in 2010 as the result of a decrease in the sale of fixed income products. Interest and
dividend income decreased from $10.4 million in 2009 to $9.7 million in 2010 as a result of decreased interest earned on
notes receivable received in connection with the sale of our interests in Salient Partners, L.P. and Endowment Advisors, L.P.
in 2008, as the principal balance was paid down during 2010.
Employee compensation
and benefits increased to $77.8 million in 2010 from $61.6 million in 2009 due to higher employee commission expense related
to higher revenue and to additional personnel related to the EFA acquisition and the Edelman expansion. Communications
and data processing increased to $8.1 million in 2010 from $6.6 million in 2009 due to higher clearing firm service fees
resulting from the increase in trading volume in the Other Wealth Management segment and additional customer accounts related
to the EFA acquisition and the Edelman expansion. Occupancy costs increased to $10.2 million in 2010 from $8.7 million in
2009 due to the Edelman expansion. Interest expense decreased to $1.7 million in 2010 from $2.7 million in 2009
due to a decrease in the weighted average balance of our funded debt from 2009 to 2010. Amortization of
intangible assets increased to $1.8 million in 2010 from $1.6 million in 2009 due to the acquisition of an additional 66%
membership interest in EFA on April 1, 2009 and to the acquisition of IFS in 2010. Other general and
administrative expenses increased to $17.4 million in 2010 from $14.9 million in 2009 due to an increase in advertising and
other expenses related to the acquisition of EFA and to the Edelman expansion.
Our effective tax rate
from continuing operations was 31.5% in 2010 compared to 108.4% in 2009. The effective tax rate for 2009 was impacted
by nondeductible goodwill impairment charges and state income taxes recognized for book purposes.
During the first
quarter of 2009, the Company closed three retail offices. The decision was made due to the offices’
inability to achieve sufficient revenue to offset their costs. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company
completed its sale of the Capital Markets Business. The Company recorded a net loss from discontinued operations,
net of income taxes of $1.7 million in 2010 compared to $529,000 in 2009 related to the closed offices, sale of the
Capital Markets Business in 2009, the sale of the Washington Research Group in 2010, as well as the discontinued entities in
2011. The Company recognized a gain on the sale of the Capital Markets Business of $5.9 million in 2009, and a
gain on the sale of the Washington Research Group of $1.4 million in 2010, net of income taxes, that is included
in “Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes.”
Results
by Segment
Mass Affluent
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
73,079
|
|
|
$
|
52,011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
16,771
|
|
|
$
|
9,368
|
|
Revenue from the Mass Affluent
segment increased to $73.1 million from $52.0 million and income from continuing operations before income taxes increased to $16.8
million from $9.4 million. On April 1, 2009, the Company increased its ownership of EFA from 10% to 76%, which required
a change in our method of accounting for EFA’s results to consolidation from the cost method. Edelman opened six
new offices in September 2009 and an additional eight new offices during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. Investment
advisory and related services fees increased to $69.3 million from $48.7 million reflecting an increase in the size of our client
portfolios primarily due to the opening of eight new offices in 2010 and improvement in the general securities market and the economy. Total
expenses increased to $56.3 million from $42.6 million due to higher employee compensation and occupancy costs associated with
the EFA acquisition, the Edelman expansion, and the increase in revenue.
Other Wealth Management
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
51,111
|
|
|
$
|
47,602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
18,948
|
|
|
$
|
16,318
|
|
Revenue from other wealth
management increased to $51.1 million from $47.6 million and income from continuing operations before income taxes increased to
$18.9 million from $16.3 million. Total expenses increased to $34.5 million from $29.9 million due to higher employee
compensation and occupancy costs associated with the EFA acquisition, the Edelman expansion, and the increase in revenue. Equity
in income (loss) of limited partnerships increased to income of $2.4 million from a loss of $1.4 million. The increase in equity
in income (loss) of limited partnerships is attributable to an increase in the value of the limited partnerships we manage.
Corporate Support and Other
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
6,034
|
|
|
$
|
8,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(10,555
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27,586
|
)
|
Revenue from corporate
support and other decreased to $6.0 million from $8.6 million, and loss from continuing operations before income taxes decreased
to $10.6 million from $27.6 million. Total expenses decreased to $27.1 million from $38.8 million due primarily to $
14.6
million of goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charges recognized in 2009. This decrease was partially offset
by an increase in the provision for bad debts of $1.5 million due to the write-off of a note receivable in 2010 made in conjunction
with the Company’s investment in iProOne, Inc. The deconsolidation of one of the limited partnerships, due to
the adoption of the new accounting guidance for variable interest entities and the fair value measurement of that investment, and
the increase in the fair value of our investment in Madison Williams resulted in equity in income of limited partnerships of $10.5
million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. The Company recognized a $3.0 million gain on step acquisition
in 2009 related to its previously-held noncontrolling interest in EFA.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash Requirements
The Company’s funding
needs consist of (1) funds necessary to maintain current operations; (2) capital expenditure requirements, including funds needed
for the Edelman expansion; (3) debt repayment; and (4) funds used for acquisitions.
We intend to satisfy our
funding needs with our own capital resources, consisting largely of internally generated earnings and liquid assets, and with borrowings
from outside parties. At December 31, 2011, we had $48.6 million in cash and cash equivalents.
Payments due by period
for the Company’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2011 are as described in the following table:
|
|
|
Payment
due by period
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Within 1 year
|
|
|
After 1 but within 3 years
|
|
|
After 3 but within 5 years
|
|
|
After 5 years
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
$
|
41,249
|
|
|
$
|
10,918
|
|
|
$
|
15,685
|
|
|
$
|
9,163
|
|
|
$
|
5,483
|
|
Repayment of borrowings
|
|
|
20,768
|
|
|
|
6,726
|
|
|
|
14,042
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Earnout & CAGR cash payments for Global
|
|
|
7,767
|
|
|
|
2,145
|
|
|
|
4,079
|
|
|
|
1,543
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
69,784
|
|
|
$
|
19,789
|
|
|
$
|
33,806
|
|
|
$
|
10,706
|
|
|
$
|
5,483
|
|
Operating expenses consist
of compensation and benefits, floor brokerage, exchange, and clearance fees, and other expenses. These expenses are primarily dependent
on revenue and, with the exception of obligations for office rentals, should require a limited amount of capital in addition to
that provided by revenue during 2012. Currently, obligations for non-cancelable office leases total $10.9 million during
2012. Funds required for other working capital items such as receivables, securities owned, and accounts payable, along
with expenditures to repurchase stock, are expected to total between $2.0 million and $4.0 million during 2012. Capital
expenditure requirements are expected to total between $4.0 million and $6.0 million during 2012, mainly consisting of leasehold
improvements, furniture, and computer equipment and software. Funds needed for acquisitions will depend on the completion of transactions
that may not be identifiable until such time as the acquisition is completed.
Receivables
turnover, calculated as revenue divided by average receivables, was 6.2 and 5.2 for the twelve months ended December 31,
2011 and 2010. The allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of receivables was 1.6% and 1.7% at
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
For the twelve months ended
December 31, 2011, net cash provided by operations was $31.1 million versus $26.4 million during the same period in 2010. Financial
instruments, owned, at fair value decreased by $8.2 million during 2011 and securities sold, not yet purchased increased
by $10.2 million. The change in financial instruments, owned, at fair value and securities sold, not yet purchased reflects the
disposition of the remaining security positions related to the service agreements with Concept. The Company’s portfolio includes long equity positions. Our asset managers generally seek to generate profits based on trading spreads,
rather than through speculation on the direction of the market and employ hedging strategies designed to insulate the net value
of our portfolios from fluctuations in the general level of interest rates and equity price variances. We finance a
portion of our positions through our clearing broker-dealers.
Not readily marketable
securities owned, primarily level 3 investments in limited partnerships, were $26.6 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $27.9
million at December 31, 2010. This decrease is the result of changes in the values of our investment portfolios, as
well as the write-off of our equity in Madison Williams. The Company does not intend to exit the private investment limited partnerships
until dissolution. The Company expects to receive its interests in the private investment limited partnerships over the remaining
one to ten year life of the private investment limited partnerships.
Capital expenditures during
2011 were $4.1 million, mainly for the purchase of leasehold improvements, furniture, and computer equipment and software necessary
for the Edelman expansion.
SMH and GFS BD are subject
to the Securities and Exchange Commission Uniform Net Capital Rule (SEC rule 15c3-1), which requires the maintenance of minimum
net capital and requires that the ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital, both as defined, shall not exceed 15 to 1 (and
the rule of the “applicable” exchange also provides that equity capital may not be withdrawn or cash dividends paid
if the resulting net capital ratio would exceed 10 to 1). At December 31, 2011, SMH had net capital, as defined, of
$8.2 million, which was $7.3 million in excess of its required net capital of $920,000. At December 31, 2011, GFS BD
had net capital, as defined, of $2.2 million, which was $2.1 million in excess of its required net capital of $100,000.
In
view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal proceedings, particularly where the plaintiffs seek substantial
or indeterminate damages or where novel legal theories or a large number of parties are involved, we cannot state with confidence
what the eventual outcome of currently pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will
be, or what the eventual result in each pending matter will be. Based on currently available information, we have established
reserves for certain litigation matters and our management does not believe that resolution of any matter will have a material
adverse effect on our liquidity or financial position although, depending on our results for a particular period, an adverse determination
could have a material effect on quarterly or annual operating results in the period in which it is resolved.
Critical Accounting Policies/Estimates
Investment
– Valuation of Not Readily Marketable Financial Instruments
. Financial instruments not readily marketable
consist primarily of Level 3 investments in private companies, limited partnerships, equities, options, warrants, and a bond. Investments
in private investment limited partnerships are carried at fair value and based on quarterly valuations prepared by the general
partner of such partnerships, and reviewed by their valuation committee. Investments in other limited partnerships
are valued at fair value based on either internal valuation models or management’s estimate of amounts that could be realized
under current market conditions assuming an orderly liquidation over a reasonable period of time.
Investments
in not readily marketable financial instruments, marketable financial instruments with insufficient trading volumes,
and restricted financial instruments are carried at their estimated fair value by the Company in the absence of
readily ascertainable market values. These estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would
have been used had a readily available market existed for these investments. Such differences could be material to
the financial statements. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the investment portfolio included investments
totaling $26.6 million and $27.9 million respectively, whose values had been estimated by the Company in the absence of
readily ascertainable market values.
The
Company estimates the fair value of its Level 3 investments using various valuation techniques. The transaction price
is typically its best estimate of fair value at inception. When evidence supports a change in the carrying value, adjustments
are made to reflect fair values at each measurement date. Ongoing reviews by the Company are based on an assessment
of each underlying investment, incorporating valuations that consider one or more different valuation techniques (e.g., the market
approach, the income approach, or the cost approach) for which sufficient and reliable information is available. Within
Level 3, the use of the market approach generally considers comparable transactions and trading multiples of comparable companies,
while the use of the income approach generally consists of the net present value of the estimated future cash flows, adjusted
as appropriate for liquidity, credit, market and/or other risk factors.
The selection of appropriate valuation
techniques may be affected by the availability of relevant inputs as well as the relative reliability of the inputs. In
some cases, one valuation technique may provide the best indication of fair value while in other circumstances, multiple valuation
techniques may be appropriate. The results of the application of the various techniques may not be equally representative
of fair value, due to factors such as assumptions made in the valuation. In some situations, the Company may determine
it appropriate to evaluate and weigh the results, as appropriate, to develop a range of possible values, with the fair value based
on the Company’s assessment of the most representative point within the range.
The inputs used by the Company in estimating
the value of Level 3 investments include estimated capital expenditures, estimated operating costs, and risk-adjusted discount
factors. Other relevant information considered by the Company may include the following factors: original transaction
price, recent public or private transactions in the same or similar assets, restrictions on transfer, including the Company’s
right, if any, to require registration by the issuer of the offering and sale of securities held by the Company under the securities
laws; significant recent events affecting the issuer, including significant changes in financial condition and pending mergers
and acquisitions; and all other reasonable and customary factors affecting value. The fair value measurement of Level
3 investments does not include transaction costs that may have been capitalized as part of the investment’s cost basis. Assumptions
used by the Company due to the lack of observable inputs may significantly impact the resulting fair value and therefore the Company’s
results of operations.
Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets.
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair
value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually
in accordance with the provisions of
ASC 350,
Intangibles – Goodwill and Other
.
ASC Topic
350
requires that goodwill be tested for impairment between annual test dates if an event or changing circumstances
indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying
amount. The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. Under the first step, the fair value of the
reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill and other intangible assets). If the fair
value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting
unit and the enterprise must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step two, an impairment
loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value
of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting
unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with
ASC Topic 805
,
Business
Combinations
. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit
goodwill.
Factors
considered in determining fair value include, among other things, the Company’s market capitalization as determined by quoted
market prices for its common stock and the value of the Company’s reporting units. The Company uses several methods
to value its reporting units, including discounted cash flows, comparisons with valuations of public companies in the same industry,
and multiples of assets under management. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step
two does not need to be performed.
In
performing the first step of the goodwill impairment test, the estimated fair values of the reporting units were developed using
the methods listed above. When performing the discounted cash flow analysis, the Company utilized observable market
data to the extent available.
For
the April 30, 2011 goodwill and other intangible assets analysis, the cash flow estimates reflect 6% revenue growth and 3% expense
growth for all entities, other than Edelman entities. Edelman reflected higher growth rates of 17% for 2011 and 10%
thereafter, based on the Edelman expansion plan to continue expansion by opening new offices throughout the country. The
discount rates utilized in the April 30, 2011 analysis ranged from 13% to 15%. The Company also calculates estimated
fair values of the reporting units utilizing multiples of earnings, book value, and assets under management of the reporting unit. The
estimated fair value using these techniques is compared with the carrying value of the reporting unit to determine if there is
an indication of impairment. A sensitivity analysis was also performed, which did not impact management’s conclusion
that there is no indication of goodwill impairment.
Management
also analyzed the estimated fair values of the reporting units in relation to our market capitalization. The sum of
the estimated fair values of the Company’s reporting units was greater than the market value of the Company’s common
stock. Based upon an analysis of historical acquisitions of financial services companies similar to ours, we believe
the excess of approximately 40% represents a reasonable control premium in a hypothetical acquisition of the Company.
Remaining
amounts of goodwill at December 31, 2011 were as follows: Edelman - $67.2 million, Kissinger - $2.4 million, Dickenson
- $2.1 million, SMH Colorado - $1.5 million, Leonetti - $225,000, IFS - $409,000, and Global - $10.8 million. Future
goodwill impairment tests may result in a future charge to earnings.
Other
intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and trade names acquired in business combinations. Other
intangible assets acquired that have indefinite lives (trade names) are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually,
or if certain circumstances indicate a possible impairment may exist. Certain other intangible assets acquired (customer
relationships and covenants not to compete) are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives and tested
for impairment if certain circumstances indicate an impairment may exist. Other intangible assets are tested for impairment
by comparing expected future cash flows to the carrying amount of the intangible assets. Indefinite lived intangible
assets were tested for impairment as of April 30, 2011. Based on the analysis performed as of April 30, 2011, there
was no indication of impairment of other intangible assets.
Variable Interest Entities.
We adopted accounting changes described in
ASC Topic 810
,
Consolidation
as of January 1, 2010, which require
that the party who has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact
the entity’s economic performance and who has an obligation to absorb losses of the entity or a right to receive
benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity consolidate the variable interest entity. The
changes to
ASC 810
, effective as of January 1, 2010, eliminate the quantitative approach previously applied to
assessing whether to consolidate a variable interest entity and require ongoing reassessments for consolidation. Management
reevaluates the Company’s variable interest entities for consolidation or deconsolidation on a quarterly basis. Based
on management’s review of variable interest entities at December 31, 2011, there were no changes to the entities that
are consolidated from the previous quarter end, other than the deconsolidation of a private equity management company.
The managed private equity funds were liquidated in the second quarter of 2011; therefore, resulting in the liquidation
and deconsolidation of the management company in the third quarter of 2011.
Effects of Inflation
Historically,
inflation has not had a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows; however,
the rate of inflation can be expected to affect our expenses, such as employee compensation, occupancy, and equipment. Increases
in these expenses may not be readily recoverable in the prices that we charge for our services. Inflation can have significant
effects on interest rates that in turn can affect prices and activities in the financial services market. These fluctuations could
have an adverse impact on our financial services operations.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See
“Note 1 —
Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
” in the accompanying notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for details of recent accounting pronouncements
and their expected impact on the Company’s financial statements.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures About Market Risk
Market Risk
The following discussion
relates to our market risk sensitive instruments as of December 31, 2011.
Our
trading equity and debt securities are marked to market on a daily basis. At December 31, 2011, our marketable securities
owned were recorded at fair value of $6.0 million. These trading equity and debt securities are subject to equity price risk.
Our market making and investing
activities often involve the purchase, sale, or short sale of securities and expose our capital to significant risks, including
market risk, equity price risk, and credit risk. Market risk represents the potential loss we may incur as a result
of absolute and relative price movements, price volatility, and changes in liquidity in financial instruments due to many factors
over which we have no control. Our primary market risk arises from the fact that we own a variety of investments that are subject
to changes in value and could result in material gains or losses. We also engage in proprietary trading and make dealer
markets in equity securities. In doing this, we are required to maintain certain amounts of inventories in order to facilitate
customer order flow. We are exposed to equity price risk due to changes in the level and volatility of equity prices
primarily in NASDAQ and over-the-counter markets. Changes in market conditions could limit our ability to resell securities purchased
or to purchase securities sold short. Direct market risk exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates is not material. We
do not use derivatives for speculative purposes.
We seek to cover our exposure
to market and equity price risk by limiting our net long and short positions and by selling or buying similar instruments. In addition,
trading and inventory accounts are monitored on an ongoing basis, and we have established position limits. Position and exposure
reports are prepared at the end of each trading day and are reviewed by traders, trading managers, and management personnel. These
reports show the amount of capital committed to various issuers and industry segments. Securities held in our investment portfolio
are guided by an investment policy and are reviewed on a regular basis.
Credit risk represents
the potential loss due to a client or counterparty failing to perform its contractual obligations, such as delivery of securities
or payment of funds, or the value of collateral held to secure obligations proving to be inadequate as related to our margin lending
activities. This risk depends primarily on the creditworthiness of the counterparty. We seek to control credit
risk by following an established credit approval process, monitoring credit limits, and requiring collateral where appropriate.
We monitor our market and
counterparty risk on a daily basis through a number of control procedures designed to identify and evaluate the various risks to
which we are exposed. We have established various committees to assess and to manage risk associated with our activities.
The committees review, among other things, business and transactional risks associated with potential clients and products to be
sold.
Our financial services
business is affected by general economic conditions. Our revenue relating to asset-based advisory services and managed
accounts is typically from fees based on the market value of assets under management or advisement. Due to the improvement
in the overall stock market, assets under management increased, which resulted in higher management fees recorded in “Investment
advisory and related services” revenue.
At
December 31, 2011, securities owned by the Company were recorded at a fair value of $32.6 million, including $6.0 million in
marketable securities, $22.7 million representing our investments in limited partnerships, and $3.9 million representing other
not readily marketable securities.
We
do not act as dealer, trader, or end-user of complex derivative contracts such as swaps, collars, and caps. However,
SMH does act as a dealer and trader of mortgage-derivative securities, called collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs or REMICs). Mortgage-derivative
securities redistribute the risks associated with their underlying mortgage collateral by redirecting cash flows according to
specific formulas or algorithms to various tranches or classes designed to meet specific investor objectives.
Operational Risk
Operational
risk generally refers to the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including, but not limited to, improper or unauthorized
execution and processing of transactions, deficiencies in our operating systems, business disruptions, and inadequacies or breaches
in our internal control processes. Our businesses are highly dependent on our and our third party providers’ ability to
process, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets. In addition, the transactions we
process have become increasingly complex. If any of our or our third party providers’ financial, accounting, or other data
processing systems do not operate properly or are disabled or if there are other shortcomings or failures in our internal processes,
people, or systems, we could suffer an impairment to our liquidity, financial loss, a disruption of our businesses, liability
to clients, regulatory intervention, or reputational damage. These systems may fail to operate properly or become disabled as
a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, including a disruption of electrical or communications services
or our inability to occupy one or more of our buildings. The inability of our systems to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions
could also constrain our ability to expand our businesses.
We
also face the risk of operational failure or termination of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses, or other financial
intermediaries we use to facilitate our securities transactions. Any such failure or termination could adversely affect our ability
to effect transactions and manage our exposure to risk.
In addition, despite the
contingency plans we have in place, our ability to conduct business may be adversely impacted by a disruption in the infrastructure
that supports our businesses and the communities in which they are located. This may include a disruption involving electrical,
communications, transportation, or other services used by us or third parties with which we conduct business.
Our
operations rely on the secure processing, storage, and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems
and networks. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, our computer systems,
software, and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, or other malicious code, and other events that
could have a security impact. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could jeopardize our or our clients’
or counterparties’ confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems
and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, our counterparties’ or third
parties’ operations. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or
to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that
are either not insured or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us.
Legal and Compliance Risk
Legal
and compliance risk includes the risk of non-compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. We are subject to extensive
regulation in the different jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. We have various procedures addressing issues such as
regulatory capital requirements, sales and trading practices, use of and safekeeping of customer funds, credit granting, collection
activities, anti-money laundering, and record keeping.
New Business Risk
New business risk refers
to the risk of entering into a new line of business or offering a new product. By entering a new line of business or offering a
new product, we may face risks that we are unaccustomed to dealing with and may increase the magnitude of the risks we currently
face. We review proposals for new businesses and new products to determine if we are prepared to handle the additional or increased
risks associated with entering into such activities.
Other Risks
Other risks encountered
by us include political, regulatory, and tax risks. These risks reflect the potential impact that changes in national, state, and
local laws and tax statutes have on the economics and viability of current or future transactions. In an effort to mitigate these
risks, we continuously review new and pending regulations and legislation and participate in various industry interest groups.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data
THE EDELMAN FINANCIAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
43
|
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING
FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
We have audited the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets of The Edelman Financial Group Inc. (formerly Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc.) (a
Texas Corporation) and subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and
the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with
the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial
statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in
Internal Control – Integrated Framework
issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 15, 2012 expressed an
unqualified opinion.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Houston, Texas
March 15, 2012
THE EDELMAN FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
(formerly, Sanders Morris Harris
Group Inc.)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2011 and December
31, 2010
(in thousands, except share and per
share amounts)
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
48,605
|
|
|
$
|
44,521
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
1,145
|
|
|
|
769
|
|
Receivables from customers, net
|
|
|
29,321
|
|
|
|
25,143
|
|
Notes, loans and other receivables, net
|
|
|
68,960
|
|
|
|
87,625
|
|
Deposits with clearing organizations
|
|
|
1,301
|
|
|
|
2,963
|
|
Financial instruments, owned, at fair value
|
|
|
30,907
|
|
|
|
40,504
|
|
Other investments
|
|
|
1,690
|
|
|
|
1,187
|
|
Furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements, net
|
|
|
11,731
|
|
|
|
11,877
|
|
Other assets and prepaid expenses
|
|
|
4,809
|
|
|
|
2,886
|
|
Goodwill, net
|
|
|
84,676
|
|
|
|
84,713
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
59,962
|
|
|
|
63,704
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
343,107
|
|
|
$
|
365,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
42,644
|
|
|
$
|
44,390
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
19,114
|
|
|
|
24,995
|
|
Deferred tax liability, net
|
|
|
25,335
|
|
|
|
22,850
|
|
Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Securities sold, not yet purchased
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
10,242
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
87,093
|
|
|
|
102,477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.10 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 30,752,128 and 30,544,092 shares issued, respectively
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
|
305
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
246,218
|
|
|
|
244,674
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(13,092
|
)
|
|
|
(12,746
|
)
|
Treasury stock, at cost, 1,613,814 and 1,207,193 shares, respectively
|
|
|
(9,674
|
)
|
|
|
(6,555
|
)
|
Total The Edelman Financial Group Inc. shareholders' equity
|
|
|
223,760
|
|
|
|
225,678
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
32,254
|
|
|
|
37,737
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
256,014
|
|
|
|
263,415
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
343,107
|
|
|
$
|
365,892
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part
of these consolidated financial statements.
THE EDELMAN FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
(formerly, Sanders Morris Harris
Group Inc.)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment advisory and related services
|
|
$
|
115,866
|
|
|
$
|
94,277
|
|
|
$
|
71,604
|
|
Commissions
|
|
|
19,030
|
|
|
|
13,411
|
|
|
|
11,054
|
|
Investment banking
|
|
|
6,069
|
|
|
|
3,937
|
|
|
|
2,238
|
|
Principal transactions
|
|
|
13,272
|
|
|
|
4,529
|
|
|
|
7,325
|
|
Interest and dividends
|
|
|
9,421
|
|
|
|
9,734
|
|
|
|
10,441
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
5,347
|
|
|
|
4,336
|
|
|
|
5,599
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
169,005
|
|
|
|
130,224
|
|
|
|
108,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee compensation and benefits
|
|
|
97,390
|
|
|
|
77,763
|
|
|
|
61,558
|
|
Floor brokerage, exchange, and clearance fees
|
|
|
853
|
|
|
|
856
|
|
|
|
757
|
|
Communications and data processing
|
|
|
10,165
|
|
|
|
8,132
|
|
|
|
6,577
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
11,623
|
|
|
|
10,228
|
|
|
|
8,690
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
1,982
|
|
|
|
1,744
|
|
|
|
2,682
|
|
Goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charges
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
14,575
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
4,382
|
|
|
|
1,780
|
|
|
|
1,563
|
|
Loss on note receivable
|
|
|
4,375
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other general and administrative
|
|
|
19,559
|
|
|
|
17,425
|
|
|
|
14,938
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
150,329
|
|
|
|
117,928
|
|
|
|
111,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before equity in income (loss) of limited partnerships and income taxes
|
|
|
18,676
|
|
|
|
12,296
|
|
|
|
(3,079
|
)
|
Equity in income (loss) of limited partnerships
|
|
|
7,085
|
|
|
|
12,868
|
|
|
|
(1,821
|
)
|
Gain on step acquisition
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
25,761
|
|
|
|
25,164
|
|
|
|
(1,900
|
)
|
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
|
|
|
8,099
|
|
|
|
7,928
|
|
|
|
(2,059
|
)
|
Income from continuing operations, net of income taxes
|
|
|
17,662
|
|
|
|
17,236
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes of ($1,107), ($1,201), and ($600), respectively
|
|
|
(2,233
|
)
|
|
|
(1,701
|
)
|
|
|
(529
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
15,429
|
|
|
|
15,535
|
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
Less: Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
(9,933
|
)
|
|
|
(5,839
|
)
|
|
|
(5,112
|
)
|
Net income (loss) attributable to The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
5,496
|
|
|
$
|
9,696
|
|
|
$
|
(5,482
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.40
|
|
|
$
|
(0.16
|
)
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
Net earnings (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
(0.16
|
)
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
Net earnings (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
29,234
|
|
|
|
29,203
|
|
|
|
28,402
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
29,912
|
|
|
|
29,370
|
|
|
|
28,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts attributable to The Edelman Financial Group Inc. common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income taxes
|
|
$
|
8,148
|
|
|
$
|
11,574
|
|
|
$
|
(4,717
|
)
|
Discontinued operations, net of income taxes
|
|
|
(2,652
|
)
|
|
|
(1,878
|
)
|
|
|
(765
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
5,496
|
|
|
$
|
9,696
|
|
|
$
|
(5,482
|
)
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part
of these consolidated financial statements.
THE EDELMAN FINANCIAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
(formerly, Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc.)
|
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
|
|
(in thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,544,092
|
|
|
|
29,882,238
|
|
|
29,207,962
|
|
Sale of stock and warrants
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
277,715
|
|
Stock issued for acquisition
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
476,871
|
|
|
52,901
|
|
Stock issued pursuant to
stock-based compensation plan
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
208,036
|
|
|
|
184,983
|
|
|
343,660
|
|
Balance, end of year
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,752,128
|
|
|
|
30,544,092
|
|
|
29,882,238
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
244,674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
240,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
234,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sale of stock and warrants
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash settlement of stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock issued for acquisition
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unearned stock-based compensation
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock issued pursuant to
stock-based compensation plan, including tax benefit
|
|
|
1,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax adjustment related to stock-based compensation
plan
|
|
|
(326
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(288
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(999
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
768
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of year
|
|
|
246,218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
244,674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
240,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
(12,746
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,498
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,838
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative effect of adoption of a new accounting
principle
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends declared ($0.20 per share in 2011,
$0.185 per share in 2010 and $0.180 per share in 2009)
|
|
|
(5,842
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,427
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,178
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable
to The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
|
|
|
5,496
|
|
|
|
5,496
|
|
|
|
9,696
|
|
|
|
9,696
|
|
|
|
(5,482
|
)
|
|
|
(5,482
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance,
end of year
|
|
|
(
13,092
|
)
|
|
|
5,496
|
|
|
|
(12,746
|
)
|
|
|
9,696
|
|
|
|
(17,498
|
)
|
|
|
(5,482
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance,
end of year
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
income (loss)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
5,496
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
9,696
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(5,482
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
(6,555
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,421
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,207,193
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(1,049,085)
|
|
Sale of stock
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
793,714
|
|
Stock issued for acquisition
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
262,180
|
|
Acquisition of treasury
stock
|
|
|
(3,119
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,555
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(406,621
|
)
|
|
|
(1,207,193
|
)
|
|
(6,809)
|
|
Balance,
end of year
|
|
|
(9,674
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,555
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,613,814
|
)
|
|
|
(1,207,193
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
37,737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of membership interest from noncontrolling
interest
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative effect of adoption of a new accounting
principle
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(584
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposition of minority interest
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(721
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
(15,416
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,877
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,724
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable
to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
9,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,839
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance,
end of year
|
|
|
32,254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity and common
shares outstanding
|
|
$
|
256,014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
263,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
239,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,138,314
|
|
|
|
29,336,899
|
|
|
29,882,238
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.
THE EDELMAN FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
(formerly, Sanders Morris Harris
Group Inc.)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH
FLOWS
(in thousands)
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
15,429
|
|
|
$
|
15,535
|
|
|
$
|
(370
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) gain on sales of assets
|
|
|
2,706
|
|
|
|
(1,199
|
)
|
|
|
(8,770
|
)
|
Loss on note receivable
|
|
|
4,375
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
3,901
|
|
|
|
4,399
|
|
|
|
4,378
|
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
|
1,143
|
|
|
|
2,164
|
|
|
|
2,642
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
3,292
|
|
|
|
3,258
|
|
|
|
3,743
|
|
Goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charges
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
14,575
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
4,382
|
|
|
|
1,780
|
|
|
|
1,563
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,485
|
|
|
|
7,395
|
|
|
|
922
|
|
Equity in (income) loss of limited partnerships
|
|
|
(7,085
|
)
|
|
|
(12,868
|
)
|
|
|
1,821
|
|
Gain on step acquisition
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
Unrealized and realized gains on not readily marketable
financial instruments owned, net
|
|
|
(245
|
)
|
|
|
(924
|
)
|
|
|
(1,402
|
)
|
Not readily marketable securities owned received for payment of investment banking fees
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
Net change in:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
(218
|
)
|
Receivables from customers, net
|
|
|
(4,176
|
)
|
|
|
(3,666
|
)
|
|
|
(8,262
|
)
|
Notes, loans and other receivables, net
|
|
|
12,068
|
|
|
|
2,674
|
|
|
|
16,003
|
|
Deposits with clearing organizations
|
|
|
1,663
|
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
|
(1,465
|
)
|
Financial instruments, owned, at fair value
|
|
|
8,224
|
|
|
|
6,502
|
|
|
|
10,477
|
|
Other assets and prepaid expenses
|
|
|
(1,923
|
)
|
|
|
(578
|
)
|
|
|
(202
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(4,550
|
)
|
|
|
(1,197
|
)
|
|
|
(3,687
|
)
|
Securities sold, not yet purchased
|
|
|
(10,242
|
)
|
|
|
1,903
|
|
|
|
(4,545
|
)
|
Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(2,029
|
)
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
31,071
|
|
|
|
26,422
|
|
|
|
22,153
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(4,052
|
)
|
|
|
(2,971
|
)
|
|
|
(2,676
|
)
|
Internally developed software expenditures
|
|
|
(639
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $0, $844, and $210, respectively
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(14,943
|
)
|
|
|
(33,972
|
)
|
Effects of adoption of new pronouncements
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Purchases of not readily marketable financial instruments, owned
|
|
|
(320
|
)
|
|
|
(196
|
)
|
|
|
(2,352
|
)
|
Notes issued to Concept Capital Holding, LLC
|
|
|
(4,039
|
)
|
|
|
(1,655
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds from sales of not readily marketable financial instruments, owned
|
|
|
11,484
|
|
|
|
5,565
|
|
|
|
10,858
|
|
Proceeds from sales of assets
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
2,452
|
|
|
|
806
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
2,483
|
|
|
|
(11,404
|
)
|
|
|
(27,336
|
)
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of treasury stock
|
|
|
(3,119
|
)
|
|
|
(6,555
|
)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of stock and warrants
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
Proceeds from shares issued pursuant to stock-based compensation plan
|
|
|
1,105
|
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
Tax adjustment related to stock-based compensation plan
|
|
|
(326
|
)
|
|
|
(288
|
)
|
|
|
(999
|
)
|
Cash settement of stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds from borrowings
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
11,900
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Repayment of borrowings
|
|
|
(5,881
|
)
|
|
|
(7,143
|
)
|
|
|
(4,762
|
)
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(502
|
)
|
Disposition of minority interest
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(721
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Contributions by noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Distributions to noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
(15,416
|
)
|
|
|
(2,877
|
)
|
|
|
(4,724
|
)
|
Payments of cash dividends
|
|
|
(5,833
|
)
|
|
|
(5,305
|
)
|
|
|
(5,100
|
)
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
(29,470
|
)
|
|
|
(10,952
|
)
|
|
|
16,667
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
4,084
|
|
|
|
4,066
|
|
|
|
11,484
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
|
|
|
44,521
|
|
|
|
40,455
|
|
|
|
28,971
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR
|
|
$
|
48,605
|
|
|
$
|
44,521
|
|
|
$
|
40,455
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.
THE EDELMAN FINANCIAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(formerly, Sanders Morris Harris
Group Inc.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.
|
NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
Nature of Operations
The Edelman Financial Group
Inc. (“TEFG” or “the Company”), formerly, Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc., provides wealth management
services, including investment advice, investment management and financial planning. The Company’s operating subsidiaries
include Sanders Morris Harris Inc. (formerly SMH Capital Inc.) (“SMH”), SMH Capital Advisors, Inc. (“SMH Capital
Advisors”), The Edelman Financial Center, LLC (“Edelman”), The Dickenson Group, LLC (“Dickenson”),
The Rikoon Group, LLC (“Rikoon”), Leonetti & Associates, LLC (“Leonetti”), Miller-Green Financial Services,
Inc. (“Miller-Green”), Kissinger Financial Services, a division of SMH, (“Kissinger”), Investor Financial
Solutions, LLC (“IFS”), Global Financial Services, L.L.C (“GFS BD”) and GFS Advisors, L.L.C (“GFS IA”)
(and together with GFS BD, “Global”). The Company serves a diverse group of clients primarily in North America.
The Company merged with
and acquired its operating subsidiaries from 1999 through 2010. The acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase
method through 2008 and the acquisition method beginning in 2009 and, accordingly, results of an acquired entity are included in
the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. As a result, the current period
results are not comparable to the prior periods. See “Note 2 —
Acquisitions and Dispositions.
”
During the first quarter
of 2009, the Company closed three retail offices. The operating results for these offices are included in “Loss
from discontinued operations, net of income taxes,” and are excluded from the segment disclosures for all periods presented. During
the fourth quarter of 2009, SMH contributed to Madison Williams Capital, LLC (“Madison”) the assets, properties, working
capital, and rights related and/or pertaining to its investment banking, institutional trading (including equity sales and fixed
income sales), New York trading, and research businesses (excluding The Juda Group and the Concept Capital divisions) (the “Capital
Markets Business”) in exchange for a 17.5% Class A membership interest in Madison, cash, and a note issued by Madison to
the Company. The operating results for the Capital Markets Business are included in “Loss from discontinued operations,
net of income taxes,” and are excluded from the segment disclosures for 2009 and 2010. The remaining equity and notes receivable
balances for Madison were written off in the second and third quarters of 2011, due to Madison’s capital deficiency and subsequent
bankruptcy filing in 2011.
On March 1, 2010, the Company entered into
an agreement with the principals of the Concept Capital division of SMH (“Concept”), in which we agreed to contribute
certain of the assets, properties, and other rights of the Company pertaining to Concept Capital Markets,
LLC (“CCM”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Concept Capital Holdings, LLC (“CCH”), and Concept Capital
Administration, LLC (“CCAdmin”), two new entities formed by the principals of Concept. The Washington
Research Group of Concept was sold during the fourth quarter of 2010 prior to the spin-off of Concept. The operating
results for the Washington Research Group are included in “Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes,”
and are excluded from the segment disclosures for all periods presented.
After the spin-off transaction
closed on December 31, 2010, the Company retained a 24% capital interest and 43.48% profit and loss interest in CCH and a 43.48%
member interest in CC Admin. The terms of the transaction provided that the Company retain 50% of the cash and cash equivalents
and investment positions held by the division at closing. Members of management of the division retained the remaining
interests in the new entities. The remaining profit and loss interests and member interests in CCH and CCAdmin were sold back to
the parent of CCH and CCAdmin on December 31, 2011.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements
of the Company include the accounts of its subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated in consolidation.
In June 2009, the Financial
Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended its guidance on accounting for variable interest entities (“VIE”).
The new accounting guidance resulted in a change in our accounting policy effective January 1, 2010. Among other things, the
new guidance requires more qualitative than quantitative analyses to determine the primary beneficiary of a VIE, requires continuous
assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, and amends certain guidance for determining whether an
entity is a VIE. Under the new guidance, a VIE must be consolidated if an enterprise has both (a) the power to direct the
activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses
or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. This new accounting guidance was
effective and implemented for the Company on January 1, 2010, and is being applied prospectively.
On January 1, 2010,
we deconsolidated an investment in one of the Company’s limited partnerships as a result of this change in accounting policy.
This entity had previously been consolidated due to the level of financial support provided by the Company. It was determined that
the Company does not have the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic
performance. The
Company has accounted for this limited partnership investment at fair value since January 1, 2010. This investment
is now reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets within “Financial instruments, owned, at fair value,” with the change
in fair value included in “Equity in income (loss) of limited partnerships” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
In prior periods, this entity’s results, assets, and liabilities were reflected in each of the Company’s line items
on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Balance Sheets. The Company recorded a $4.6 million cumulative adjustment to accumulated
deficit that represents the fair value of this limited partnership at January 1, 2010. The fair value of this investment is $17.6
million at December 31, 2011, which is also the Company’s maximum exposure to loss from this nonconsolidated VIE.
In addition, the Company
concluded that it was a primary beneficiary of two VIEs at January 1, 2010. The Company has a 50.5% direct ownership
in one of these entities and a 65% direct ownership in the other. These entities are professional sports agencies that
assist professional athletes with contract negotiation, marketing, and public relations. Based upon the continued level of
financial support provided by the Company, it was determined that the Company has the power to direct the activities that
significantly impact these entities’ economic performance and has the obligation to absorb the significant losses and receive
benefits related to these entities due to its increased support. The Company intends to provide additional financial support
when necessary in the future. The Company has provided $616,000 in financial support as of December 31, 2011, which has been
eliminated in consolidation. The results of these entities have been included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations
since January 1, 2010. The carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities consolidated at January 1, 2010 are as follows:
Total assets
|
|
$
|
733,000
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
34,000
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
490,000
|
|
During the second quarter
of 2011, management made the decision to sell its interest in the professional sports agencies. The sale was not completed
as of December 31, 2011, however, the results of operations for 2011, 2010 and 2009 of the entities have been included in “Loss
from discontinued operations, net of income taxes” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Another VIE was identified
by management that the Company does not have the power to direct the activities; therefore, this investment remains unconsolidated
as of December 31, 2011. This investment is $900,000 and is recorded in “Other investments,” at cost as of December
31, 2011. The Company has no requirement to provide additional funding to this entity, and $1.8 million is the Company’s
maximum loss exposure, including $920,000 in notes receivable.
CCH, CCAdmin and Madison
were additional VIEs through December 31, 2011, that were former divisions of the Company that were previously consolidated, but
due to the spin-offs that occurred in 2009 for Madison and in 2010 for Concept to CCH and CCAdmin, the new entities formed due
to the spin-off were not consolidated. Management does not have the power to direct the activities of CCH, CCAdmin or Madison.
The remaining profits and member interests in CCH and CCAdmin were sold in December 31, 2011, and the remaining investment in Madison
was written off in 2011.
The Company does
not intend to provide additional financial support in the future to CCH, CCAdmin or Madison. On December 31, 2011, the
remaining profits and member interests in CCH and CCAdmin of $1.0 million were sold back to the parent of CCH and
CCAdmin for $25,000. The two notes receivable issued by CCH were exchanged for one note receivable with minimum principal
payments due beginning January 1, 2014. The loss on the exchange of notes and profits and member interest is recorded in
“Loss from discontinued operations” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s maximum
exposure to loss for CCH and CCAdmin is the value of the remaining note receivable with a balance, net of discount, of $4.9
million as of December 31, 2011.
All assets held
related to Madison were written off as of December 31, 2011, including a note of $8.0 million, of which half of the note and
accrued interest in the amount of $4.4 million was written down in the second quarter of 2011. This loss on the note is
included in “Loss on note receivable.” The other half of the note was converted to equity in the
third quarter of 2011. The total equity in Madison of $6.5 million, including the conversion of $4.4 million remaining note
value to equity, was written off in the third quarter of 2011 and included in “Equity in income (loss) of limited
partnerships.” A related-party receivable with Madison, in the amount of $1.4 million for sublease and other expenses
billed to Madison by SMH was also written off in the third quarter of 2011 and included in bad debt expense within
“Other general and administrative” expenses for a total write off of $12.3 million in the second and third
quarters of 2011 for Madison. Madison notified the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) on September
27, 2011, that it had a net capital violation and would not be able to cure the capital deficiency and operate in future
periods and filed a voluntary petition for bankruptcy liquidation on December 29, 2011. There is no additional exposure to loss
related to Madison as of December 31, 2011.
Out-of-Period Adjustments
During
the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, we corrected an error in
the amount of $944,000 that related to periods prior to 2009. This error related primarily to a lease with a free-rent period
not recognized on a straight-line basis in 2003 and 2004, resulting in an understatement of 2003 and 2004 within
“Occupancy expense” and “Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.” The Company assessed the impact
of this error on its prior interim and annual consolidated financial statements and concluded that this error was not
material to any recently issued consolidated financial statements. As a result, we corrected this error in our consolidated
financial statements during the preparation of our 2011 Form 10-K by adjusting the beginning “Accumulated
Deficit” in 2009 by $944,000 and the resulting impact on the subsequent years “Accumulated Deficit”
balance, and adjusting “Accounts payable and accrued liabilities” by $944,000 in 2009 and 2010. All amounts in
the Annual Report on Form 10-K affected by the revision adjustment reflect such amounts as revised.
Management's Estimates
The preparation
of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of consolidated assets
and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements
and the amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. The most significant estimates used by the Company
relate to contingencies, the valuation of financial instruments owned, at fair value, goodwill, collectability of receivables
and stock-based compensation awards. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash Equivalents
Highly liquid debt
instruments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents.
SMH and GFS BD, the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to the regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (“SEC”) that, among other things, may restrict the withdrawal of cash held at SMH and GFS BD’s
clearing firms that are used to collateralize SMH and GFS BD’s trading accounts. Cash restricted due to
escrow accounts related to a loan and compensating balances for letters of credit are classified as “Restricted
cash” and not included in “Cash and cash equivalents” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Receivables from Customers and Notes, Loans
and Other Receivables
Receivables
from customers and notes, loans and other receivables (“receivables”) are stated at their net
realizable value. Interest income is recognized with a method consistent with using the effective interest method,
over the life of the related receivable. If a receivable is noninterest-bearing or carries an unreasonable rate of
interest and is not due within one year, the Company will impute interest at an appropriate market rate for comparable
instruments and record a corresponding discount.
Interest on interest-bearing
notes receivable is calculated using the interest method specified by the note agreement. Origination fees, net of certain direct
origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method over the contractual
life of the note receivable.
We offer transition pay,
principally in the form of upfront notes receivable (“broker notes”), to financial advisors and certain key revenue
producers as part of our Company’s overall growth strategy. These broker notes are generally forgiven by a charge
to “Employee compensation and benefits” over a one to six year period if the individual satisfies certain conditions,
usually based on continued employment and certain performance standards. If the individual leaves before the term of
the broker note expires or fails to meet certain performance standards, the individual is required to repay the balance. In
determining the allowance for doubtful accounts from former employees, management considers the facts and circumstances surrounding
each receivable, including the amount of the unforgiven balance, the reasons for the terminated employment relationship, and the
former employee’s overall financial position.
Management monitors receivables
for any collectability issues. The Company does not typically require collateral. Receivables are considered
past due when payment is not received in accordance with the contractual terms on the invoice or agreement and are generally 90
days past due. The accrual of interest on receivables is discontinued when, in management’s opinion, the borrower
may be unable to meet payments as they become due. When the interest accrual is discontinued, all uncollected accrued
interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of the
remaining past-due principal balance. Receivables are returned to accrual status when payments are brought current and,
in management’s judgment, the receivable will continue to pay as agreed. An allowance for doubtful accounts is
established based on reviews of individual customer accounts, recent loss experience, current economic conditions, and other pertinent
factors. Accounts deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance.
Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value,
and Securities Sold, Not Yet Purchased
Financial
instruments owned, at fair value, and Securities sold, not yet purchased are carried at market value based on quoted market
prices or if market prices are not available, pricing models, discounted cash flow models, or similar techniques.
Trading securities are comprised primarily of the financial instruments held by the broker-dealer subsidiary, SMH.
Unrealized gains or losses from marking warrants and trading securities classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value
hierarchy to estimated fair value are included in revenue under the caption “Principal
transactions.” Regular-way proprietary securities transactions and the related income/expense are recorded
on trade date basis. Realized gains and losses from sales of securities are computed using the average cost method and are
included in revenue in the caption “Principal transactions.”
Level 3 investments consist primarily of investments
in private companies, limited partnerships, equities, options, warrants, and bonds. Investments in private investment
limited partnerships are carried at fair value and based on quarterly valuations prepared by the general partner of such partnerships,
and reviewed by their valuation committee. Investments in other limited partnerships are valued at fair value based
on either internal valuation models or management’s estimate of amounts that could be realized under current market conditions
assuming an orderly liquidation over a reasonable period of time. Unrealized gains or losses from marking investments classified
within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy to fair value or estimated fair value are included in “Equity in income (loss)
of limited partnerships.” Changes in fair value of the underlying funds which drive the change in net asset value of our
ownership in certain limited partnerships are also included in the caption “Equity in income (loss) of limited partnerships”
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company estimates the
fair value of its Level 3 investments using various valuation techniques. The transaction price is typically its best
estimate of fair value at inception. Ongoing reviews by the Company are based on an assessment of each underlying investment,
incorporating valuations that consider one or more different valuation techniques (e.g., the market approach, the income approach,
or the cost approach) for which sufficient and reliable information is available. Within Level 3, the use of the market
approach generally considers comparable transactions and trading multiples of comparable companies, while the use of the income
approach generally consists of the net present value of the estimated future cash flows, adjusted as appropriate for liquidity,
credit, market and/or other risk factors.
The selection of appropriate
valuation techniques may be affected by the availability of relevant inputs as well as the relative reliability of the inputs. In
some cases, one valuation technique may provide the best indication of fair value while in other circumstances, multiple valuation
techniques may be appropriate. The results of the application of the various techniques may not be equally representative
of fair value, due to factors such as assumptions made in the valuation. In some situations, the Company may determine
it appropriate to evaluate and weigh the results, as appropriate, to develop a range of possible values, with the fair value based
on the Company’s assessment of the most representative point within the range.
The inputs used by the
Company in estimating the value of Level 3 investments include estimated capital expenditures, estimated operating costs, and risk-adjusted
discount factors. Other relevant information considered by the Company may include the following factors: original transaction
price, recent public or private transactions in the same or similar assets, restrictions on transfer, including the Company’s
right, if any, to require registration by the issuer of the offering and sale of securities held by the Company under the securities
laws; significant recent events affecting the issuer, including significant changes in financial condition and pending mergers
and acquisitions; and all other reasonable and customary factors affecting value. The fair value measurement of Level
3 investments does not include transaction costs that may have been capitalized as part of the investment’s cost basis. Assumptions
used by the Company due to the lack of observable inputs may significantly impact the resulting fair value and therefore the Company’s
results of operations.
Investments that are not recorded
at fair value in companies and partnerships in which we have significant influence are accounted for by the equity method, which
approximates fair value. Investments in companies and partnerships in which we do not have significant influence are
accounted for at cost and evaluated for impairment when impairment indicators are present. No such indicators were
present at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Furniture, Equipment, and Leasehold Improvements
Furniture, equipment, and
leasehold improvements are carried at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of furniture and equipment is computed
on a straight line basis over a three to seven year period. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed on a
straight line basis over the shorter of the term of the lease or useful life. When assets are retired
or
otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting
gain or loss is reflected in income for the period. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred; significant
renewals and betterments are capitalized.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the
excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill
is reviewed for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”)
Topic 350,
Intangibles – Goodwill and Other
. ASC Topic 350 requires that goodwill be tested for impairment
between annual test dates if an event or changing circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of
the reporting unit is below its carrying amount. The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. Under
the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill and other intangible
assets). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment
exists for the reporting unit and the enterprise must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step
two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied
fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting
unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance FASB ASC Topic 805,
Business Combinations
. The
residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill.
Factors considered in determining
fair value include, among other things, the Company’s market capitalization as determined by quoted market prices for its
common stock and the value of the Company’s reporting units. The Company uses several methods to value its reporting
units, including discounted cash flows, comparisons with valuations of public companies in the same industry, and multiples of
assets under management. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need
to be performed.
Other intangible assets
consist primarily of customer relationships and trade names acquired in business combinations. Other intangible assets
acquired that have indefinite lives (trade names) are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or if certain circumstances
indicate a possible impairment may exist. Certain other intangible assets acquired (customer relationships and covenants
not to compete) are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives and tested for impairment if certain circumstances
indicate an impairment may exist.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation
awards are measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award and recognized over the period from the service inception date
through the date the employee is no longer required to provide service to earn the award. Expected forfeitures are included
in determining stock-based compensation expense.
Income Taxes
The Company utilizes the asset and liability
method for deferred income taxes. This method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future
tax consequences of events recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. All expected future events other than
changes in the law or tax rates are considered in estimating future tax consequences.
The Company utilizes a
two-step approach to evaluate uncertain tax positions. Recognition, step one, requires evaluation of the tax position
to determine if based solely on technical merits it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement,
step two, is addressed only if a position is more likely than not to be sustained. In step two, the tax benefit is measured
as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is more likely than not to be realized upon
ultimate settlement with tax authorities. If a position does not meet the more likely than not threshold for recognition
in step one, no benefit is recorded until the first subsequent period in which the more likely than not standard is met, the issue
is resolved with the taxing authority, or the statute of limitations expires. Positions previously recognized are derecognized
when we subsequently determine the position no longer is more likely than not to be sustained. Evaluation of tax
positions, their technical merits, and measurement using cumulative probability are highly subjective management estimates. Actual
results could differ materially from these estimates.
The Company remains
subject to examination by U.S. federal and state jurisdictions for years subsequent to 2008 and 2007, respectively, and upon
completion of these examinations (if undertaken by the taxing jurisdictions) tax adjustments may be necessary and retroactive
to all open tax years.
The provision for income
taxes includes federal, state, and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred because of temporary differences between
the financial statements and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The Company recognizes interest accrued related to
unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense. Penalties and related interest, if any, are recognized in other general
and administrative expense.
The Company recognizes
and measures tax positions based on the individual tax position’s amount expected to be sustained upon settlement with the
tax authority.
Commissions
Commissions and related
clearing expenses are recorded on the trade date as securities transactions occur.
Investment Banking
Investment banking revenue
includes sales credits earned on investment banking transactions including participation in syndicates. Investment banking
sales concessions are recorded on the trade date; however, certain underwriting fees are recorded on a settlement date basis.
Investment Advisory and Related Services
Revenue from investment
advisory and related services consists primarily of portfolio and partnership management fees. Portfolio management
fees are received quarterly and are recognized as earned on a monthly basis. Partnership management fees are received
quarterly and are recognized as earned on a monthly basis.
Fair Values of Financial Instruments
The fair values of cash
and cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables from customers, deposits with clearing organizations, other assets and prepaid
expenses, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate cost due to the short period of time to maturity. Financial
instruments, owned, at fair value, securities sold, not yet purchased, and payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations
are carried at their fair values. The carrying amount of our borrowings approximates fair value because the interest rate is variable
and, accordingly, approximates current market rates.
Sale of Stock and Warrants
On December 16, 2009, the
Company sold, for a purchase price of $7.5 million, 1,071,429 shares of common stock and a warrant to purchase common shares in
an aggregate value of up to $7.5 million to Fletcher International, Ltd. The warrant entitles the holder to purchase
shares of the Company’s common stock for a period of ten years from the date of issuance at an exercise price of $5.75 per
share. The proceeds from this sale were used to repay the subordinated promissory note issued in connection with the
acquisition of Edelman Financial Advisors, LLC (“EFA”).
Advertising Expense
Advertising expense
is expensed as incurred and included in “Other general and administrative” expenses within the Consolidated Statements of
Operations. Advertising expense for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $5.6 million, $3.9 million, and $3.0 million, respectively.
New Authoritative Accounting Guidance
ASU No. 2011-02,
Receivables (Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 310) – A Creditor’s Determination of
Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring,
amends
Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No.
2011-01
,
Receivables (ASC Topic 310) - Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt
Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20
. The FASB issued
ASU 2011-01
,
Deferral of the Effective Date of
Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20,
which temporarily defers the date when
public-entity creditors are required to provide the new disclosures for troubled debt restructurings in
ASU 2010-20
.
That deferral ended when the FASB issued
ASU 2011-02
to clarify what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. The
deferral in
ASU 2011-01
does not affect the effective date of the other disclosure requirements in
ASU 2010-20
.
The requirements within
ASU 2011-02
are to be applied retrospectively for annual periods ending on or after December
15, 2012, to restructurings occurring on or after the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption, or 2012 for the Company. The
Company does not expect a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, upon implementation.
ASU No. 2011-03, Transfer
and Servicing (ASC Topic 860) – Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.
The FASB issued accounting
guidance that removes the requirement to consider whether sufficient collateral is held when determining whether to account for
repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate the transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets
before their maturity or sales or as secured financings. The guidance is effective prospectively for transactions beginning on
January 1, 2012. The Company does not expect a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, upon implementation.
ASU No. 2011-04, Fair
Value Measurement (ASC Topic 820) – Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S.
GAAP and IFRSs.
The amendments prohibit the use of blockage factors at all levels of the fair value hierarchy and provides
guidance on measuring financial instruments that are managed on a net portfolio basis. Additional disclosure requirements include
transfers between Levels 1 and 2; and for Level 3 fair value measurements, a description of our valuation processes and additional
information about unobservable inputs impacting Level 3 measurements. The amendments are effective January 1, 2012 and will be
applied prospectively. We expect the adoption of this new guidance will result in an increase of certain of our financial statement
disclosures, but the adoption will not have any impact on our financial position or results of operations.
ASU No.
2011-05, Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220) – Presentation of Comprehensive Income.
ASU 2011-05
changes
the presentation of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income to no longer permit presentation on the statement of
stockholders equity, but must be presented on the income statement, with the other comprehensive income items shown and
total comprehensive income. Companies also have the option to present comprehensive income on a separate statement. The
guidance is effective in interim and annual periods, beginning January 1, 2012, and will be applied prospectively. The
Company does not expect a change in the presentation of the Consolidated Statement of Operations and the Consolidated
Statement of Changes in Equity, upon implementation.
ASU No. 2011-08, Testing
Goodwill for Impairment (ASC Topic 350) – Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.
ASU 2011-08
simplified the
current two-step goodwill impairment test previously required by
ASC 350-20
, by permitting entities to first perform a
qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value
of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Based on the results of the qualitative assessment, if the entity determines
that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it would then perform
the goodwill impairment test; otherwise, no further impairment test would be required. The amended guidance is effective for annual
and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2011. All entities have the option
to early adopt the amended guidance. We chose not to adopt this new guidance in 2011, since we had already completed our annual
impairment testing under the prior guidance. We do not expect our adoption of this new guidance in 2012 to have any impact on
our financial position or results of operations.
|
2.
|
ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS
|
Acquisitions
On January 1, 2010, the
Company completed the acquisition of a 51% interest in IFS, a wealth management firm based in Huntington Beach, California for
consideration of $1.1 million, $750,000 of which was payable at acquisition with the remainder, subject to adjustment based on
gross revenue of IFS during the three months ended June 30, 2011, and was paid in the amount of $355,000 in July 2011. The
remeasurement calculation was based on revenue of IFS for the measurement period, which is the three months ended June 30, 2011. The
acquisition-related costs of the IFS acquisition were not material, as internal legal counsel was utilized for this acquisition.
The IFS acquisition was
accounted for using the acquisition method and, accordingly, the financial information of IFS has been included in the Company’s
Consolidated Financial Statements from January 1, 2010. The fair value of the consideration exceeded the fair market value of identifiable
net tangible assets by $954,000, $409,000 of which has been recorded as goodwill, $955,000 of which has been recorded as other
intangible assets, and $410,000 of which has been recorded as noncontrolling interest. The valuation techniques used
to measure the fair value of the noncontrolling interest include income and market-guideline public company approaches. Goodwill
is measured as the excess of the cash consideration over fair value of net assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets,
including $40,000 for assembled workforce. Goodwill represents the value expected from the synergies and economies of scale created
from combining the IFS asset wealth business with our full-service firm. All of the goodwill associated with the IFS acquisition
is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The acquisition was conducted in an arm’s length transaction to
expand the Company’s high net worth business.
On December 31, 2010, the
Company acquired a 48.7% capital interest and 50.1% profits interest in GFS BD and a 50.1% capital and profits interest in GFS
IA, wealth management firms, pursuant to the terms of a Purchase Agreement dated as of November 26, 2010, among the Company and
the prior owners of Global. The acquisition was conducted in an arm’s length transaction to expand the Company’s
high net worth business.
The initial
consideration for the Global purchase was $18.0 million, of which $15.0 million was paid in cash and $3.0 million was paid in
shares of TEFG common stock, with a fair value on acquisition date of $2.4 million, including a discount for a twelve month
lock-up period on the stock issued. The initial consideration is subject to upward adjustment by a maximum amount
of $4.5 million based on Global achieving adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
(“EBITDA”) in 2011 and/or 2012 in excess of $5.0 million, and further upward adjustment based on the compounded
annual growth rate of Global’s EBITDA achieved in 2012, 2013, and 2014, for a maximum of $9.6 million if the top tier
thresholds are achieved. The fair value of the earn out and compounded annual growth rate
(“CAGR”) of future consideration is $8.0 million and $7.9 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and is recorded
as a liability in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The total fair value of consideration was $25.3
million, which exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired.
The consideration paid and net
assets acquired of the Global acquisition were as follows:
Consideration paid:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash consideration
|
|
$
|
15,000
|
|
Equity consideration
|
|
|
2,399
|
|
Earnout and CAGR future consideration
|
|
|
7,928
|
|
Total consideration paid
|
|
$
|
25,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
844
|
|
Receivables from customers, net
|
|
|
735
|
|
Deposits with clearing organizations
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net
|
|
|
347
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
32,331
|
|
Indemnification asset
|
|
|
282
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(1,788
|
)
|
Total identifiable net assets
|
|
$
|
33,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
10,812
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncontrolling Interest
|
|
$
|
(19,236
|
)
|
The valuation techniques
used to measure the fair value of the noncontrolling interest included the income and market-guideline public company approaches.
Discounts for lack of control and marketability were applied to determine fair value.
In addition to the
net assets acquired, an indemnification asset was recognized as of December 31, 2010 for the indemnification of TEFG for uncertain
tax liability payments that resulted from tax years before 2010. An asset in the amount of $282,000 was recorded, in the same amount
of the corresponding uncertain tax liability recorded by GFS BD as of December 31, 2010, and is included in “Notes, loans
and other receivables, net.” The estimated uncertain tax position liability was subsequently reduced to $136,000 during the
third quarter of 2011, along with the offsetting indemnification asset.
Goodwill including
$1.4 million for assembled workforce represents the value expected from the synergies and economies of scale created
from combining Global’s broker-dealer and advisory businesses with our full-service firm. All of the
goodwill associated with the Global acquisition is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The acquisition
was conducted in an arm’s length transaction to expand the Company’s high net worth business. The
acquisition-related costs were $33,000, and were included as an expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
twelve months ended December 31, 2012.
The Global acquisition
was accounted for using the acquisition method and, accordingly, the financial information of Global has been included in the Company’s
consolidated financial statements from December 31, 2010. The pro forma combined historical results as if the Global
acquisition had been included in operations commencing January 1, 2009 are as follows (unaudited):
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
149,160
|
|
|
$
|
135,245
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
|
|
|
10,731
|
|
|
|
(3,473
|
)
|
Earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
(0.12
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
(0.12
|
)
|
On May 24, 2007,
the Company acquired a 75% interest in Rikoon for cash consideration of $6.0 million of which $1.3 million was recorded
as compensation expense. The Company purchased an additional 5% interest in January 2011 for cash consideration
of $3.0 million which was considered to be compensation at the time of the initial purchase and treated as such in
accordance with GAAP. At acquisition, Rikoon, based in Santa Fe, New Mexico, managed approximately $400.0 million in
assets. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the financial information of Rikoon has
been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from May 24, 2007. The consideration
exceeded the fair market value of identifiable net tangible assets by $4.4 million, which has been recorded as other
intangible assets.
On May 10, 2005, the Company
acquired a 51% interest in Edelman, one of the leading financial planning firms in the country. Edelman, based in Fairfax,
Virginia, manages approximately $7.0 billion in assets. On May 12, 2008, the Company purchased an additional 25% membership
interest in Edelman. The Company paid an amount determined based upon Edelman’s 2007 pretax income (the “Second
Tranche Consideration”). The Second Tranche Consideration of $44.4 million, which was paid in a combination of
cash and the Company’s common stock, has been recorded as goodwill.
In December 2006, Ric Edelman
organized a new entity, EFA, to expand the Edelman financial platform into additional markets outside the Washington, D.C. metropolitan
area. In exchange for a 10% membership interest in EFA in 2005, the Company initially committed to loan EFA up
to $20.0 million to cover its start-up expenses of which $10.0 million was advanced and subsequently repaid. On April
1, 2009, the Company acquired an additional 66% membership interest in EFA for aggregate consideration of $25.5 million in cash
and a subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $10.0 million. Under the terms of the EFA acquisition
agreement, the earlier loan agreement was terminated. The fair value of the Company’s previously-held noncontrolling
interest in EFA on April 1, 2009 was $3.0 million. The consideration exceeded the fair market value of identifiable
net tangible assets by $36.3 million, $24.2 million of which has been recorded as goodwill, $22.3 million of which has been recorded
as other intangible assets, $7.2 million of which has been recorded as noncontrolling interest, and $3.0 million of which has been
recorded as a gain on step acquisition. All of the goodwill associated with the EFA acquisition is expected to be deductible
for tax purposes. On August 24, 2009, EFA was merged with and into another Edelman subsidiary, Edelman Financial Services,
LLC (“EFS”). From the acquisition date to the date of the merger with EFS, the Company recorded $3.4 million
of revenue and a pretax loss of $841,000 associated with EFA which is included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The EFA acquisition was
accounted for using the acquisition method and, accordingly, the financial information of EFA has been included in the Company’s
consolidated financial statements from April 1, 2009. The pro forma combined historical results as if the EFA acquisition
had been included in operations commencing January 1, 2009 are as follows (unaudited):
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per
share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
131,761
|
|
Net loss attributable to
|
|
|
|
|
The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
|
|
|
(6,303
|
)
|
Loss per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.22
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.22
|
)
|
Dispositions
In January 2009, the
Company and SMH entered into a Contribution Agreement with Pan Asia China Commerce Corp. (“PAC3”), Madison
Williams Capital, LLC (“Madison”), and Madison Williams and Company, LLC (“New BD”), pursuant to which (a) PAC3 agreed
to subscribe for and purchase a 40% Class A membership interest in Madison in exchange for a cash payment and
note and (b) SMH agreed to contribute to New BD the Capital Markets Business, including a specified amount of working
capital (as adjusted for any profits or losses incurred in the Capital Markets Business between January 1, 2009, and the
date of closing) less (i) the value of the accounts receivable contributed to Madison, (ii) the value of
the certain assets in SMH’s New Orleans, Louisiana office, (iii) the value of certain money security deposits and
any advance payments, and (iv) the value of certain securities to be mutually agreed upon by the parties in exchange for
a 20% Class A membership interest in Madison cash, and a note issued by Madison to SMH. Current
members of management of the Capital Markets Business retained the remaining 40% membership interest in Madison.
On November 9, 2009, the
Company, SMH, PAC3, and Madison entered into an Amended and Restated Contribution Agreement with Fletcher Asset Management,
Inc. (“Fletcher”), with respect to the formation of the New BD. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Contribution Agreement,
(a) PAC3’s membership interest in Madison was reduced to a 3.1% Class A membership interest and 28.0% Class B membership
interest, (b) SMH’s interest in Madison was reduced to a 17.5% Class A membership interest, (c) Fletcher agreed
to subscribe for and purchase a 40.5% Class A membership interest in Madison in exchange for a cash contribution, and
(d) the interest of management of Madison was reduced to a 6.5% Class B membership interest. This transaction closed on December 9, 2009. The Company recognized a gain of $8.3 million
from the sale of the Capital Markets Business which is included in “Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes”
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. All equity and notes receivable balances for Madison were written
off in the second and third quarters of 2011, due to Madison’s capital deficiency and subsequent bankruptcy filing in 2011.
In March 2010, we entered
into an agreement with the principals of Concept pursuant to which we agreed to contribute certain of the assets, properties, and
other rights pertaining to Concept, including the prime brokerage, research and capital markets, fund accounting and administration,
and research library businesses to CCM and CCAdmin, two new entities formed by the principals of Concept. The Washington
Research Group of Concept was sold during the fourth quarter of 2010 prior to the spin-off of Concept. The Company recognized a
gain of $1.4 million from the sale of the Washington Research Group which is included in “Loss from discontinued operations,
net of income taxes” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The operations reclassified to discontinued
operations were within the “Prime brokerage services” segment. After the spin-off, the Company retained a
24% capital interest and 43.48% profit and loss interest in CCH and a 43.48% member interest in CCAdmin. The terms of the transaction
provide generally that we retain 50% of the cash and cash equivalents and net security positions held by Concept at closing. Members
of management of Concept retained the remaining interests in the new entities.
The spin-off transaction
closed on December 31, 2010. In addition to the capital and profits interests in CCM and CCAdmin, the Company on (a) March 1, 2010,
purchased from Concept Capital Holdings, LLC (“CCH”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Concept Partners, LLC (“CP”)
at its face value, a note in the principal amount of $1.2 million and (b) on December 31, 2010, purchased from CCH a second note
in the principal amount of $500,000, with an additional $4.0 million committed, generally equal to 50% of the sum of cash and cash
equivalents and net security positions of Concept on December 31, 2010. The loss on the contribution of Concept’s
assets was $1.2 million as of December 31, 2010, which is included in “Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes”
on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
On December 31, 2011,
the remaining profits and member interests in CCH and CCAdmin of $1.0 million were sold back to the parent company of CCH and
CCAdmin for $25,000, and the two notes receivable issued by CCH were exchanged for one note receivable with minimum
principal payments due beginning January 1, 2014. The total loss on disposition of Concept, net of tax, recorded in 2011 of
$1.5 million is recorded in “Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes” on the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
|
3.
|
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
|
The following table sets
forth pertinent information regarding the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):
Balance at January 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
1,470
|
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
|
2,642
|
|
Charge off of receivables
|
|
|
(1,568
|
)
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
2,544
|
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
|
2,164
|
|
Charge off of receivables
|
|
|
(2,725
|
)
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
1,983
|
|
Loss on note receivable
|
|
|
4,375
|
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
|
1,143
|
|
Charge off of receivables
|
|
|
(5,876
|
)
|
Balance at December 31, 2011
|
|
$
|
1,625
|
|
The Company has two
notes receivable on nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2011, due to nonpayment on the notes. One note in the amount
of $920,000 does not have an allowance as of December 31, 2011, since the accrued interest through the date the note was placed
on nonaccrual was paid in the second quarter of 2011. Although management believes the remaining interest is not recoverable,
the loan principal appears to be collectible as of December 31, 2011 and as such the note is carried at its net realizable value.
The other note receivable on nonaccrual status in the amount of $233,000 as of December 31, 2011, is fully reserved within the
allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts over 90 days past due are monitored at least quarterly by management.
|
4.
|
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS OWNED, AT FAIR VALUE, AND SECURITIES SOLD, NOT YET PURCHASED
|
Securities not readily
marketable include investment securities (a) for which there is no market on a securities exchange or no independent publicly
quoted market, (b) that cannot be publicly offered or sold unless registration has been effected under the Securities Act
or other applicable securities acts, or (c) that cannot be offered or sold because of other arrangements, restrictions, or conditions
applicable to the securities or to the company. Not readily marketable securities consist of investments in limited
partnerships, equities, options, warrants, and a bond. In accordance with
FASB ASC Topic 323,
Investments – Equity
Method and Joint Ventures
, direct investments in limited partnerships are accounted for using the equity method which approximates
fair value. The Company is restricted from exiting their investments in limited partnerships-consolidated management
companies (“private investment limited partnerships”) prior to dissolution of the partnership; however, limited partners
can sell their interest in the private investment limited partnership to qualified investors. The Company does not intend to exit
the private investment limited partnerships until dissolution. The Company expects to receive its interests in
the private investment limited partnerships over the remaining one to ten year life of the private investment limited partnerships.
There were no unfunded commitments in the private investment limited partnerships as of December 31, 2011. Proprietary
investments in limited partnerships held by the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiary are accounted for at fair value. Investments
in limited partnerships – other principally consists of an investment in PTC Houston Management (“PTC”).
The consolidated management
companies’ investments in limited partnerships principally consist of ownership in the following private investment partnerships: Corporate
Opportunities Fund, L.P., Corporate Opportunities Fund (Institutional), L.P., Sanders Opportunity Fund, L.P., Sanders Opportunity
Fund (Institutional), L.P., Life Sciences Opportunity Fund, L.P., Life Sciences Opportunity Fund (Institutional), L.P., Life Sciences
Opportunity Fund II, L.P., Life Sciences Opportunity Fund (Institutional) II, L.P., SMH Private Equity Group I, L.P., SMH Private
Equity Group II, L.P., SMH NuPhysicia, LLC, and SMH Zilliant, LLC. Carried interest is included within these investment
values that are recorded at net asset value, which approximates fair value. Carried interest is recognized based on the fair value
of the carried interest after all capital has been returned to the investors, and is subject to clawback provisions within the
limited partnership agreements. Additional amounts not included within net asset value are amounts held in escrow that have not
been received by the consolidated management companies of the limited partnerships in the amount of $280,000 as of December
31, 2011. Amounts held in escrow upon the sale of an investment
are recognized as an investment gain upon receipt. The Company expects to liquidate its investment in the limited partnerships
over the remaining one to ten year life of the limited partnerships. A summary of the results of operations and partners’
capital of the limited partnerships is as follows as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (unaudited):
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,847
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,621
|
|
|
$
|
(684
|
)
|
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments
|
|
|
(35,032
|
)
|
|
|
14,759
|
|
|
|
43,036
|
|
Realized gain (loss) on investments
|
|
|
33,964
|
|
|
|
9,054
|
|
|
|
(7,892
|
)
|
Increase (decrease) in partners' capital resulting from operations
|
|
$
|
(3,915
|
)
|
|
$
|
27,434
|
|
|
$
|
34,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
145,023
|
|
|
$
|
257,850
|
|
|
$
|
259,400
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
(1,994
|
)
|
|
|
(38,778
|
)
|
|
|
(5,171
|
)
|
Partners' capital
|
|
$
|
143,029
|
|
|
$
|
219,072
|
|
|
$
|
254,229
|
|
In general, fair value is based
upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon
industry-standard pricing methodologies, models, or other valuation methodologies that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based
parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that securities are recorded at fair value. The
Company’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value
or reflective of future fair values. The Company had one investment in common stock of a corporation with a quoted
market price at December 31, 2010, in which management adjusted the quoted market price value to reflect a short-term lock-up
period on the stock. The value based on the market price was $186,000, and recorded with the discount for the lock-up
period at $157,000 as of December 31, 2010. The adjustment to fair value of the stock was based on a calculation of
the cost of a put option for the term of the lock-up period, using a Black-Scholes model. The lock-up period ended in 2011, and
the discount on the investment was removed during 2011.
FASB ASC Topic 820,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures
, establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques
used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets
for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The
three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
Level 1 Unadjusted
quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;
Level 2 Quoted
prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable,
either directly or indirectly;
Level 3 Prices
or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.
A description of the valuation
methodologies used for securities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such securities pursuant to
the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.
Level 1 consists of unrestricted
publicly traded equity securities traded on an active market whose values are based on quoted market prices.
Level 2 includes securities
that are valued using industry-standard pricing methodologies, models, or other valuation methodologies. Level 2 inputs
are other than quoted market prices that are observable for the asset, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs
include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities
in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable for the asset, such as interest rates
and yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals, volatilities, credit risks, prepayment speeds, loss severities, and default
rates; and inputs that are derived principally from observable market data by correlation or other means. Securities
in this category include restricted publicly traded equity securities, publicly traded equity securities traded on an inactive
market, publicly traded debt securities, warrants whose underlying stock is publicly traded on an active market, and options that
are not publicly traded or whose pricing is uncertain.
Level 3 includes securities
whose fair value is estimated based on industry-standard pricing methodologies and internally developed models utilizing significant
inputs not based on, nor corroborated by, readily available market information. This category primarily consists of
investments in limited partnerships and equity securities that are not publicly traded.
A financial instrument’s
level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
The following table sets forth a summary of levels of investments by investment category as of December 31, 2011:
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments at fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate stocks and options
|
|
$
|
5,778
|
|
|
$
|
223
|
|
|
$
|
197
|
|
|
$
|
6,198
|
|
Corporate bonds
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
Limited partnerships-consolidated
management companies
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
Limited partnerships-other
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
21,618
|
|
|
|
21,618
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,501
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
|
1,802
|
|
Total financial instruments, owned,
at fair value
|
|
$
|
5,778
|
|
|
$
|
1,976
|
|
|
$
|
23,153
|
|
|
$
|
30,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities sold, not yet purchased:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate stocks and options
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Total securities sold, not yet purchased
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
The following table sets forth a summary of
levels of investments by investment category as of December 31, 2010:
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments at fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate stocks and options
|
|
$
|
12,663
|
|
|
$
|
937
|
|
|
$
|
142
|
|
|
$
|
13,742
|
|
Corporate bonds
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
850
|
|
Limited partnerships-consolidated management companies
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,459
|
|
|
|
4,459
|
|
Limited partnerships-other
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
19,686
|
|
|
|
19,686
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,756
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
1,767
|
|
Total financial instruments,
owned, at fair value
|
|
$
|
12,663
|
|
|
$
|
3,187
|
|
|
$
|
24,654
|
|
|
$
|
40,504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities sold, not yet
purchased-Corporate stocks and options
|
|
$
|
10,073
|
|
|
$
|
169
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
10,242
|
|
Total securities sold, not yet purchased
|
|
$
|
10,073
|
|
|
$
|
169
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
10,242
|
|
The following table sets
forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s level 3 securities owned for the year ended December 31, 2011:
|
|
Limited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partnerships-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Limited
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management
|
|
|
Partnerships
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Companies
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Bond
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
4,459
|
|
|
$
|
19,686
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
142
|
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
|
$
|
24,654
|
|
Realized losses
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,035
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(356
|
)
|
|
|
(1,391
|
)
|
Unrealized gains
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
|
6,333
|
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
6,946
|
|
Purchases
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,300
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,300
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,225
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,225
|
)
|
Distributions
|
|
|
(3,691
|
)
|
|
|
(6,440
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(10,131
|
)
|
Transfers between levels
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Balance, end of year
|
|
$
|
1,037
|
|
|
$
|
21,618
|
|
|
$
|
301
|
|
|
$
|
197
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
23,153
|
|
The following table
sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s level 3 securities owned for the year ended December 31,
2010:
|
|
Limited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partnerships-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Limited
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management
|
|
|
Partnerships
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Companies
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Bond
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
6,565
|
|
|
$
|
6,688
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
426
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
13,684
|
|
Cumulative effect of adoption of a new accounting principle
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,650
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,650
|
|
Contribution of Concept assets
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,005
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,005
|
|
Realized gains (losses)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Unrealized gains
|
|
|
1,725
|
|
|
|
8,423
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
10,166
|
|
Purchases
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
(3,689
|
)
|
|
|
(452
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(4,141
|
)
|
Distributions
|
|
|
(142
|
)
|
|
|
(791
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(933
|
)
|
Transfers between levels
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(211
|
)
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
Balance, end of year
|
|
$
|
4,459
|
|
|
$
|
19,686
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
142
|
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
|
$
|
24,654
|
|
Transfers between
levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstances that caused the transfer, which
generally coincides with the Company’s quarterly valuation process. A level 3 to level 2 transfer occurred during
the year in the amount of $211,000 for a company that completed an Initial Public Offering that had a market value available.
In addition, one of the marketable securities owned at the beginning of the year converted to a nonmarketable bond during 2010
with a fair value of $356,000 at December 31, 2010.
Net unrealized gains for
level 3 securities owned are a component of “Principal transactions” and “Equity in income (loss) of limited
partnerships” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as follows:
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2011
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in Income
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
|
(Loss) of Limited
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
|
(Loss) of Limited
|
|
|
|
Transactions
|
|
|
Partnerships
|
|
|
Transactions
|
|
|
Partnerships
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains
|
|
$
|
376
|
|
|
$
|
6,570
|
|
|
$
|
163
|
|
|
$
|
10,003
|
|
At December 31, 2011
and 2010, the Company has an investment of $790,000 and $172,000, respectively, in other investments using the equity method,
and an investment of $900,000 and $1.0 million respectively, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 using the cost method.
Receivables at December
31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables from customers
|
|
$
|
29,714
|
|
|
$
|
25,783
|
|
Allowances for bad debts
|
|
|
(393
|
)
|
|
|
(640
|
)
|
Receivables from customers, net
|
|
$
|
29,321
|
|
|
$
|
25,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes receivable:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonaffiliates
|
|
$
|
8,455
|
|
|
$
|
4,791
|
|
Employees and executives
|
|
|
1,574
|
|
|
|
2,090
|
|
Other affiliates
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
9,757
|
|
Receivables from affiliated limited partnerships
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
Receivables from other affiliates
|
|
|
2,075
|
|
|
|
6,892
|
|
Receivable from Endowment Advisers, L.P.
|
|
|
55,581
|
|
|
|
60,978
|
|
Current tax receivable
|
|
|
1,663
|
|
|
|
4,387
|
|
Allowances for bad debts
|
|
|
(1,232
|
)
|
|
|
(1,343
|
)
|
Notes, loans and other receivables, net
|
|
$
|
68,960
|
|
|
$
|
87,625
|
|
In August
2008, we entered into agreements with Salient Partners, L.P. (“Salient Partners”) and Endowment Advisers, L.P.
(“Endowment Advisors”) to repurchase the Company’s interests in such entities for a total of $95.3 million.
The terms of the agreements provide that Endowment Advisers will pay the Company annually the greater of $12.0 million in
priority to other distributions, or 23.15% of total distributions, until the Company has received a total of $86.0 million
plus 6% per annum. The Company received an additional $9.3 million note for its 50% interest in Salient Partners, payable
with interest over a five-year period. In May 2009, the principal amount of the Salient Partners note was reduced by $2.25
million to reflect an offset of certain liabilities that the Company agreed to pay under the agreements. In connection with
such transactions, the Company recorded receivables in the amount of $76.7 million representing the net present value of the
expected receipts using a weighted average imputed interest rate of 11.8%. The Salient Partners note is included in
“Notes receivable: Nonaffiliates” in the above table.
Notes receivable from nonaffiliates
that consist of uncollateralized promissory notes from unrelated companies bear interest at various rates
up to 12% and are payable on demand.
Notes receivable from
employees and executives primarily consist of noninterest bearing loans provided to certain executives and employees of the
Company to induce the employees and executives to affiliate with the Company. The notes typically are forgiven
over a one to six year period and have tiered maturities from 2012 through 2016 and are structured to be incentives for the
employees to remain at the Company. As each maturity date is reached, a portion of the notes is forgiven if the
employee remains employed by the Company. If employment is terminated, the remaining unforgiven balance is due and
payable by the former employee. Such forgiveness is recorded as “Employee compensation and benefits”
expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
CCH issued two uncollateralized notes
during 2010, in connection with the Concept transaction, which are also included within Notes receivable from nonaffiliates. See
“Note 2 –
Acquisitions and Dispositions
.” A discount on the notes purchased in 2010 was recorded
in the amount of $282,000 at December 31, 2010, and a discount on the amount funded in 2011 was recorded in the amount of $686,000
for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, based on the difference in market interest rates at the date of issuance and the
stated rate of interest on the notes. Amortization on the discount of these notes totaled $63,000 during 2011 and is
recorded in “Interest and dividends” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The discounts are recorded as a loss
on contribution of Concept’s assets, as part of the disposition. These two notes issued in 2010 were exchanged for one note
that bears a fixed interest rate at the applicable federal rate for instruments with a term of over ten years provided under Section
1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 on the closing date of December 31, 2011 in the amount of $5.9 million. Principal
on the note is due monthly, beginning January 1, 2014, and interest is due monthly beginning on February 1, 2012. A discount on
the note received in 2011 was recorded in the amount of $970,000. The discount on the note issued in 2011 will be amortized monthly
over the life of the loan, and is recorded in “Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes” as part of the
final disposition transaction of Concept in the Consolidated Statement of Operations at December 31, 2011.
At December 31, 2010, notes
receivable from other affiliates primarily consisted of an $8.0 million uncollateralized note issued by Madison to the Company
in connection with the spin-off of Madison in 2009. This note bore interest at 6% and the principal balance was due in full on
the maturity date of December 9, 2019. During the second quarter of 2011, management determined that the note would be sold
to a third-party for less than the face value of the note. Management evaluated a transaction to sell or contribute the note to
a partnership and the interest accrued with a balance of $8.8 million as of June 30, 2011, for half of the principal and accrued
interest balances. The note and accrued interest were reclassified to held-for-sale as of June 30, 2011, and recorded at the lower
of cost or fair value less cost to sell. A $4.4 million loss on the note receivable was recorded during the three
months ended June 30, 2011, and is included on the Consolidated Statement of Operations in “Loss on note receivable.”
The note receivable was also placed on nonaccrual status as of June 30, 2011, due to the deterioration of the credit quality of
the receivable during the second quarter of 2011.
In mid-August 2011, the
proposed transaction to sell the Madison receivable terminated. Madison was recapitalized, including receiving an additional $3.0
million from a third-party investor in the form of debt to increase the viability of Madison. At the time of the recapitalization,
the Madison note was forgiven in a troubled debt restructuring since the loan could not be sold in the initial proposed transaction
from the second quarter. In exchange for forgiveness of the Madison note, the Company received newly-issued preferred Series D
membership units in Madison with a value of $4.0 million. The remaining balance of the Madison note and accrued interest classified
as held-for-sale as of June 30, 2011, in the amount of $4.4 million, was written off and the Series D units were recorded at $4.0
million, resulting in a loss on troubled debt restructuring of $375,000, included within “Equity in income (loss) of limited
partnerships” in the third quarter of 2011.
On September 27, 2011,
Madison notified FINRA and the investors in Madison of a net capital violation, which has not and is not expected to be cured as
of the issuance date of this report. Based on Madison’s balance sheet as of September 30, 2011, there were not sufficient
assets available to pay their debts and other working capital needs. Therefore, management wrote off the value of the Series D
preferred units received from the troubled debt restructuring of $4.0 million, within “Equity in income (loss) from limited
partnerships” during the three months ended September 30, 2011. In addition to the write-down of the Series D units to $0,
management also wrote down $2.5 million of Series A units that represent the remaining interests in Madison from the spin-off of
Madison in 2009 during the three months ended September 30, 2011. A related party receivable from Madison to SMH for a sublease
and other expenses that were billed to Madison was also written off in the third quarter of 2011, in the amount of $1.4 million
within “Other general and administrative” expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. There are no remaining
receivables or other expected losses, investments in, or funding commitments to Madison as of December 31, 2011.
|
6.
|
DEPOSITS WITH CLEARING ORGANIZATIONS
|
Under its clearing agreements,
SMH and GFS BD are required to maintain a certain level of cash or securities on deposit with clearing organizations. Should
the clearing organizations suffer a loss due to the failure of a customer of the Company to complete a transaction, the Company
is required to indemnify the clearing organizations. The Company had $1.3 million and $3.0 million on deposit as of
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, with clearing organizations to meet this requirement for SMH and GFS BD.
|
7.
|
FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT, AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
|
Furniture, equipment, and
leasehold improvements at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
$
|
4,162
|
|
|
$
|
4,092
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
8,708
|
|
|
|
7,982
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
18,089
|
|
|
|
17,119
|
|
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(19,228
|
)
|
|
|
(17,316
|
)
|
Furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements, net
|
|
$
|
11,731
|
|
|
$
|
11,877
|
|
In May 2009,
the Company borrowed $25.0 million under a credit agreement with a bank, the proceeds of which were used to complete the
EFA acquisition. The maturity date was October 31, 2012 and included interest at the greater of the prime rate
or 5%. Principal of $1.8 million plus interest was payable quarterly. The credit agreement
was amended and restated on December 31, 2010 to extend the maturity date to December 31, 2014, with the same loan commitment
of $25.0 million and the same interest rate of the greater of prime rate or 5%. Principal of $1.5 million
plus interest is due quarterly. Interest expense on the credit agreement was $1.1 million, $815,000, and $717,000 for
the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. The additional proceeds of the loan of $11.9 million were used
to complete the Global acquisition. The credit agreement is secured by substantially all of the assets of
the Company, other than the assets of SMH and GFS BD which were $86.1 million as of December 31, 2011. The credit
agreement contains various covenants customary for transactions of this type including the requirement that the Company
maintain minimum financial ratios, net worth, liquid assets, and cash balances, as well as minimum assets under management,
and meet monthly, quarterly, and annual reporting requirements. The credit agreement also contains covenants that
restrict the ability of the Company, among other things, to incur indebtedness, pay dividends or distributions, make
capital expenditures and other restricted payments, including investments, and consummate asset sales. At December
31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all covenants. The following table shows future maturities related
to this credit agreement (in thousands):
2012
|
|
$
|
5,881
|
|
2013
|
|
|
5,881
|
|
2014
|
|
|
7,352
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
19,114
|
|
|
9.
|
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
|
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
6,966
|
|
|
$
|
7,460
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
18,364
|
|
|
|
18,766
|
|
Earnout and CAGR payments
|
|
|
8,029
|
|
|
|
7,928
|
|
Other
|
|
|
9,285
|
|
|
|
10,236
|
|
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
42,644
|
|
|
$
|
44,390
|
|
In conjunction with the
sale of the Company’s interests in Salient Partners and Endowment Advisers, the Company recorded a payable in 2009 in the
amount of $4.1 million representing the net present value of future incentive compensation payments to employees of Salient Partners. The
payable for these incentive compensation payments will be satisfied through deductions in payments received in connection with
the sale of our interest in Endowment Advisers. This payable is included in “Other” in the above table.
The balance of this payable was $1.5 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Income Tax Provision
The components of the income
tax provision (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 were as follows:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From continuing operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
2,244
|
|
|
$
|
493
|
|
|
$
|
(1,614
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
1,341
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
(323
|
)
|
Total current income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
3,585
|
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
|
(1,937
|
)
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
6,217
|
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
1,277
|
|
|
|
1,167
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Total deferred income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
4,514
|
|
|
|
7,384
|
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit) from continuing operations
|
|
|
8,099
|
|
|
|
7,928
|
|
|
|
(2,059
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From discontinued operations:
|
|
|
(1,107
|
)
|
|
|
(1,201
|
)
|
|
|
(600
|
)
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
$
|
6,992
|
|
|
$
|
6,727
|
|
|
$
|
(2,659
|
)
|
Effective Tax Rate
The difference between
the effective tax rate reflected in the income tax provision from continuing operations and the statutory federal rate is analyzed
as follows:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected federal tax at statutory rate of 34%
|
|
$
|
8,881
|
|
|
$
|
8,556
|
|
|
$
|
(646
|
)
|
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
1,510
|
|
|
|
(114
|
)
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
(3,384
|
)
|
|
|
(1,985
|
)
|
|
|
(1,738
|
)
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
3,489
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Return to provision
|
|
|
(878
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
285
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(315
|
)
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
|
|
154
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
8,099
|
|
|
$
|
7,928
|
|
|
$
|
(2,059
|
)
|
For comparability purposes,
the Company has reclassified certain 2010 and 2009 balances presented in the effective tax rate reconciliation above.
The effective tax rates
from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 were 31.4%, 31.5%, and 108.4%
,
respectively.
The components of the deferred
income tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
Net Deferred Tax
Liability
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on disposal of assets
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
265
|
|
Adjustment for discontinued operations
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
375
|
|
Capital loss carryforward
|
|
|
2,539
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
State net operations losses
|
|
|
1,936
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Accrued bonus
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
594
|
|
|
|
671
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
350
|
|
Restricted stock compensation
|
|
|
1,260
|
|
|
|
661
|
|
Stock option compensation
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
|
326
|
|
Goodwill and other intangible assets amortization/impairment
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
State franchise tax
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Partnership investment
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
9,481
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
9,619
|
|
|
|
12,421
|
|
Asset valuation allowances
|
|
|
(3,489
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
6,130
|
|
|
|
12,421
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nontaxable partnership distributions
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on financial instruments owned, at fair value
|
|
|
(7,880
|
)
|
|
|
(9,689
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
Accrued bonus
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(330
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
Imputed interest expense
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
(186
|
)
|
State franchise tax
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(408
|
)
|
Charitable contributions
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
Gain on sale of business
|
|
|
(19,664
|
)
|
|
|
(24,228
|
)
|
Partnership investment
|
|
|
(3,462
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(31,465
|
)
|
|
|
(35,271
|
)
|
Net deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
(25,335
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,850
|
)
|
For comparability
purposes, the Company has reclassified certain 2010 balances presented in the schedule of deferred tax assets and deferred
tax liabilities above.
During the year ended
December 31, 2011, the Company increased its valuation allowance by $3.5 million related to state net operating losses and
capital loss carryforwards.
The Company has $5.4 million
of capital loss carryforwards for federal tax purposes and $16.6 million of capital loss carryforwards for certain state tax purposes
as of December 31, 2011, of which portions will expire in 2014 and 2015. Significant uncertainty exists regarding the future realization
of the $2.5 million deferred tax asset related to these capital loss carryforwards and as a result, the Company has recorded a
full valuation allowance on these deferred tax assets.
The Company had
net operating losses from various state jurisdictions of $39.0 million and $26.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and
2010, respectively. These state tax losses are attributable to specific operations and may not be utilized against taxable
income of other operations of the Company. These state net operating loss carryforwards will expire between 2015 and 2031. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $950,000 against the portion of the tax benefit attributable to
these state net operating losses at December 31, 2011 that the Company determined would more likely than not be unrealizable.
The tax receivable
at
December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $1.7 million and $4.4 million, respectively.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The Company had liabilities
for unrecognized tax benefits, exclusive of interest and penalties, of $113,000 and $225,000 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits, excluding the related accrual for interest, from January 1 to December 31 for each respective
year are set forth below:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
225
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Current year tax positions
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Prior year tax positions
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Reductions as a result of expiration of statute of limitations
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
113
|
|
|
$
|
225
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
The amount of interest
accrued at December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $10,000 and $35,000, respectively. The amount of penalties accrued at December 31, 2011
and 2010, was $11,000 and $22,000, respectively.
The Company classifies
interest on income tax-related balances as interest expense and classifies tax-related penalties as other general and administrative
expense.
The Company and certain
of its subsidiaries are currently under examination by the relevant taxing authorities for various tax years. The Company regularly
assesses the potential outcome of these examinations in each of the taxing jurisdictions when determining the adequacy of the amount
of unrecognized tax benefit recorded. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any
particular uncertain tax position, we believe we have appropriately accrued for our uncertain tax benefits. However, audit outcomes
and the timing of audit settlements and future events that would impact our previously recorded unrecognized tax benefits and the
range of anticipated increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits are subject to significant uncertainty. It is possible
that the ultimate outcome of current or future examinations may exceed our provision for current unrecognized tax benefits in amounts
that could be material but cannot be estimated as of December 31, 2011. Our effective tax rate and net income in any given future
period could therefore be impacted.
The Company and its
subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. The Company remains
subject to examination by U.S. Federal and state jurisdictions for years subsequent to 2008 and 2007, respectively, and upon
completion of these examinations (if undertaken by the taxing jurisdictions) tax adjustments may be necessary and retroactive
to all open tax years.
It is reasonably possible
that within 12 months of December 31, 2011 we will recognize approximately $49,000 of our unrecognized tax benefits as a result
of the expiration of the statute of limitations for one open tax year on the unrecognized state tax benefit.
|
11.
|
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
|
Substantially all
employees are eligible to participate in the The Edelman Financial Group Inc. 401(k) defined contribution
plan. The Company made $1.0 million in contributions to this plan in 2011. The Company made no contributions to
this plan in 2010 or 2009, however one of the subsidiaries made discretionary contributions during these years.
The Company has three types
of stock-based compensation awards: (1) stock options, (2) restricted common stock, and (3) restricted stock units.
The Company’s
Long-term Incentive Plan specifies that the number of shares of its common stock available for incentive awards or incentive
stock options may not exceed the greater of 4,000,000 shares or 25% of the total number of shares of common stock
outstanding.
Stock Options
The 1998 Incentive Plan
provides for the issuance to eligible employees of, among other things, incentive and non-qualified stock options that may expire
up to 10 years from the date of grant. The outstanding options vest over one to five year service periods and
have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of the grant. Unvested options
on the date of termination of employment are forfeited within 90 days of termination. Typically, new shares are issued
upon the exercise of stock options.
During the years ended
December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, 55,000, 42,807, and 42,500 options were exercised for which the Company received proceeds of
$301,000, $233,000, and $195,000, respectively, and the tax benefit realized from stock option exercises was $44,000, $6,000, and
$17,000, respectively. The Company recognized pretax compensation cost of $21,000, or $13,000 net of tax, for the year
ended December 31, 2009. No such expense was recognized during 2011 and 2010. There was no unrecognized stock-based
compensation expense related to stock options at December 31, 2011.
The following table sets
forth information regarding the Company’s stock options for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in years)
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2009
|
|
|
660,307
|
|
|
$
|
9.56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(42,500
|
)
|
|
|
9.95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49
|
|
Cancelled/Forfeited
|
|
|
(16,666
|
)
|
|
|
8.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
601,141
|
|
|
|
9.95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(42,807
|
)
|
|
|
5.45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
Settled
|
|
|
(140,000
|
)
|
|
|
4.44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled/Forfeited
|
|
|
(58,334
|
)
|
|
|
6.70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
360,000
|
|
|
|
12.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(55,000
|
)
|
|
|
5.47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
130
|
|
Cancelled/Forfeited
|
|
|
(70,000
|
)
|
|
|
12.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
|
|
|
235,000
|
|
|
|
14.14
|
|
|
|
3.62
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercisable at December 31, 2011
|
|
|
235,000
|
|
|
$
|
14.14
|
|
|
|
3.62
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options available for grant at December 31, 2011
|
|
|
2,441,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table
summarizes information related to stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011:
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
|
Options Exercisable
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Wgtd. Avg.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
Range of
|
|
Outstanding at
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Wgtd. Avg.
|
|
|
Exercisable at
|
|
|
Wgtd. Avg.
|
|
Exercise Prices
|
|
12/31/2011
|
|
|
Contr. Life
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
12/31/2011
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in years)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$7.91-$9.15
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
1.12
|
|
|
$
|
8.16
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
$
|
8.16
|
|
$12.09-$16.81
|
|
|
210,000
|
|
|
|
3.91
|
|
|
|
14.85
|
|
|
|
210,000
|
|
|
|
14.85
|
|
$7.91-$16.81
|
|
|
235,000
|
|
|
|
3.62
|
|
|
|
14.14
|
|
|
|
235,000
|
|
|
|
14.14
|
|
The fair value of
options at date of grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. There were no stock options granted during
2011, 2010, and 2009.
Restricted Stock
The Long-term
Incentive Plan permits the Company to grant restricted common stock to its employees. Additionally, eligible
employees and consultants are allowed to purchase, in lieu of salary, commission, or bonus, shares of the Company’s
restricted common stock at a price equal to 66.66% of the 20-day average of the closing sales price of the Company’s
common stock, ending on the day prior to the date the shares are issued. All shares are valued at the closing
price on the date the shares are issued. The value of restricted shares granted, less consideration paid, if any,
is amortized to compensation expense over a one to five year vesting period.
Employees deferred compensation
of $40,000 during the year ended December 31, 2009, which was used to purchase restricted common stock. No
such compensation was deferred in 2011 and 2010. The Company recognized pretax compensation expense of $768,000, $1.9
million, and $3.7 million, during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, related to its restricted
common stock plan.
The following table summarizes
certain information related to restricted common stock grants at December 31, 2011:
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Grant Date Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
291,365
|
|
|
$
|
7.53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested at December 31, 2011
|
|
|
110,054
|
|
|
|
6.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
81,214
|
|
|
|
7.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
226,680
|
|
|
|
8.20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
35,845
|
|
|
|
6.31
|
|
At December 31, 2011, total
unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested restricted stock totaled $631,000 and is expected
to be recognized over the next 4.00 years. The fair value of restricted stock vested during the years ended December
31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $1.7 million, $1.9 million, and $2.4 million, respectively.
Restricted
Stock Units
In 2010 and 2011,
new executive and key manager incentive stock unit sub plans were adopted under the Long-term Incentive Plan, effective January
1, 2010 and 2011, respectively. In calculating the value of an award, the value of each restricted stock unit is equal to the
closing price of a share of stock on the last trading day on the date of grant. A participant in the plan has no rights as
a stockholder of the Company, no dividend rights and no voting rights with respect to the restricted stock units.
No adjustments will be made to any outstanding awards for cash dividends paid on shares during the performance period in
which they are earned. Awards vest and become non-forfeitable over a three-year period.
Upon the vesting date,
or payment date of the restricted stock unit awards, at the Company’s option they can be paid in either (a) a lump sum cash
payment equal in the aggregate to the fair market value of a share on the payment date multiplied by the number of such restricted
stock units that become non-forfeitable upon that payment date or (b) by the Company delivering to the participant a number of common
shares equal to the number of restricted stock units that become non-forfeitable upon that payment date.
The following table summarizes certain information related to restricted stock unit grants at December 31,
2011:
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested at December 31, 2011
|
|
|
322,992
|
|
|
|
6.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted (Restricted stock units)
|
|
|
430,659
|
|
|
|
6.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested (Units converted to common shares)
|
|
|
107,667
|
|
|
|
6.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We determined that the
service inception date precedes the grant date for restricted stock units granted as part of the incentive stock unit plans, and,
as such, the compensation expense associated with these awards is accrued over the one-year period prior to the grant date. The
Company recognized pretax compensation expense of $2.5 million and $1.4 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011
and 2010, respectively, related to its restricted stock unit plans. At December 31, 2011, total unrecognized compensation cost,
related to nonvested restricted stock units was $2.8 million for the executive and manager incentive stock unit plans,
and is expected to be recognized over the next 3.2 years.
The Company is authorized
to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.10 per share. Shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to
time by the board of directors, without action by the shareholders, in one or more series with such designations, preferences,
special rights, qualifications, limitations, and restrictions as may be designated by the board of directors prior to the issuance
of such series. No shares of preferred stock have been issued as of December 31, 2011.
On November 6, 2007, the
Company’s board of directors approved a program to repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. On
May 27, 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved the repurchase of up to another 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s
common stock, subject to a maximum expenditure of $2.5 million under the credit agreement. Under the program, shares
are repurchased in the open market or privately negotiated transactions from time to time at prevailing market prices. Such
repurchases are accounted for using the cost method. In April 2011, a waiver from the bank was obtained to approve the
repurchase of $2.5 million of treasury shares. The Company repurchased 406,621, 1,207,193, and 6,809 shares of its common stock
at an average price of $7.67, $5.43, and $4.16 per share during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively,
related to this program. During 2009, the Company issued 262,180 treasury shares at an aggregate cost of $1.6 million
in connection with the acquisition of EFA and 793,714 treasury shares at an aggregate cost of $4.8 million in connection with the
sale of stock and warrants to Fletcher International, Ltd.
14.
|
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
|
Basic and diluted earnings
(loss) per common share computations were as follows:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Amounts attributable to The Edelman Financial Group Inc. common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income taxes
|
|
$
|
8,148
|
|
|
$
|
11,574
|
|
|
$
|
(4,717
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(2,652
|
)
|
|
|
(1,878
|
)
|
|
|
(765
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
5,496
|
|
|
$
|
9,696
|
|
|
$
|
(5,482
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.40
|
|
|
$
|
(0.16
|
)
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
Net earnings (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
(0.16
|
)
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
Net earnings (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
29,234
|
|
|
|
29,203
|
|
|
|
28,402
|
|
Incremental common shares issuable under stock option plan, net
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
29,912
|
|
|
|
29,370
|
|
|
|
28,402
|
|
Outstanding stock options of 235,000,
340,000, and 601,000 at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, have not been included in diluted earnings (loss) per
common share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the years presented. Warrants outstanding at December
31, 2011 and 2010, were included in the 2011 and 2010 calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share. Warrants
outstanding at December 31, 2009 to purchase shares of common stock in an aggregate value of up to $7.5 million at an exercise
price of $5.75 per common share have not been included in diluted earnings (loss) per common share because to do so would
have been antidilutive for the year. Restricted stock issued under the Long-term Incentive Plan is included in both basic
and diluted earnings per share since the shares participate in dividend rights.
Participating restricted
common stock is included in the basic and diluted shares. Restricted stock units are nonparticipating; therefore, they are included
in the diluted weighted average number of common shares only for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The restricted
stock units are not included in the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for this
period.
15.
|
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
|
Changes in the carrying
amount of the Company’s goodwill and other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortizable
Intangible Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internally
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covenants Not
|
|
|
Customer
|
|
|
Developed
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
Trade
Names
|
|
|
To
Compete
|
|
|
Relationships
|
|
|
Software
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning
of year
|
|
$
|
84,713
|
|
|
$
|
26,636
|
|
|
$
|
4,814
|
|
|
$
|
32,254
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
37,068
|
|
|
$
|
63,704
|
|
Internally developed
software - internal use
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
Acquisition of SSG
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Amortization
of other intangible assets
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,364
|
)
|
|
|
(2,893
|
)
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
(4,381
|
)
|
|
|
(4,381
|
)
|
Balance,
end of year
|
|
$
|
84,676
|
|
|
$
|
26,636
|
|
|
$
|
3,450
|
|
|
$
|
29,361
|
|
|
$
|
515
|
|
|
$
|
33,326
|
|
|
$
|
59,962
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortizable
Intangible Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internally
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covenants Not
|
|
|
Customer
|
|
|
Developed
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
Trade
Names
|
|
|
To
Compete
|
|
|
Relationships
|
|
|
Software
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning
of year
|
|
$
|
73,455
|
|
|
$
|
18,422
|
|
|
$
|
3,683
|
|
|
$
|
10,093
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
13,776
|
|
|
$
|
32,198
|
|
Acquisition of
IFS
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
|
955
|
|
Acquisition of
Global
|
|
|
10,812
|
|
|
|
8,048
|
|
|
|
1,979
|
|
|
|
22,304
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
24,283
|
|
|
|
32,331
|
|
Acquisition of
SSG
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Amortization
of other intangible assets
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(870
|
)
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,780
|
)
|
|
|
(1,780
|
)
|
Balance,
end of year
|
|
$
|
84,713
|
|
|
$
|
26,636
|
|
|
$
|
4,814
|
|
|
$
|
32,254
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
37,068
|
|
|
$
|
63,704
|
|
All of the Company’s
goodwill and other intangible assets, net, are related to the Other Wealth Management and Mass Affluent segments.
The goodwill impairment
charges recognized in 2009 and 2008 reflect impairment due to market deterioration experienced in 2008 and during the first
quarter of 2009. The amount of the impairment loss was determined based on the calculation process specified in
FASB
ASC Topic 350
,
Intangibles – Goodwill and Other
, which compared carrying value to the estimated fair value of
assets and liabilities. Factors considered in determining fair value include, among other things, the Company’s
market capitalization as determined by quoted market prices for its common stock and the value of the Company’s reporting
units. The Company uses several methods to value its reporting units, including discounted cash flows, comparisons
with valuations of public companies in the same industry, and multiples of assets under management.
Other intangible
assets consist primarily of customer relationships and trade names acquired in business combinations. Other
intangible assets acquired that have indefinite lives (trade names) are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually,
or if certain circumstances indicate a possible impairment may exist. Certain other intangible assets acquired
(customer relationships and covenants not to compete) are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful
lives and tested for impairment if certain circumstances indicate an impairment may exist. Other intangible assets
are tested for impairment by comparing expected future cash flows to the carrying amount of the intangible
assets. The Company recognized trade name impairments of $1.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. As
of December 31, 2011, accumulated goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charges are $69.9 million and $1.3
million, respectively. No impairment charges were recorded in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Goodwill and other intangible
assets, net, are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
As of December 31, 2011,
the remaining weighted-average amortization period is 2.64 years for covenants not to compete, 10.27 years for customer relationships,
and 2.42 years for internally developed software included in the table above.
The following table shows
estimated future amortization expense related to these intangible assets (in thousands):
2012
|
|
$
|
4,451
|
|
2013
|
|
|
4,445
|
|
2014
|
|
|
3,721
|
|
2015
|
|
|
2,919
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2,895
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
14,895
|
|
16.
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
|
The Company has issued
letters of credit in the amounts of $250,000, $245,000, $230,000, $130,000, and $48,000, to the owners of five of the offices
that we lease to secure payment of our lease obligations for those facilities.
The Company has uncommitted
financing arrangements with clearing brokers that finance our customer accounts, certain broker-dealer balances, and firm trading
positions. Although these customer accounts and broker-dealer balances are not reflected on the Consolidated Balance
Sheets for financial reporting purposes, the Company has generally agreed to indemnify these clearing brokers for losses they may
sustain in connection with the accounts, and therefore, retains risk on these accounts. The Company is required to maintain
certain cash or securities on deposit with our clearing brokers.
The Company is a defendant
in certain litigation incidental to its securities and underwriting business. The Company accounts for litigation losses in accordance
with FASB
ASC No. 450
, “
Contingencies
.” Under
ASC No. 450
, loss contingency provisions
are recorded for probable losses at management’s best estimate of a loss, or when a best estimate cannot be made, a minimum
loss contingency amount is recorded. These estimates are often initially developed substantially earlier than the ultimate loss
is known, and the estimates are refined each accounting period as additional information becomes known. Accordingly, the Company
is often initially unable to develop a best estimate of loss, and therefore the minimum amount, which could be zero, is recorded.
As information becomes known, either the minimum loss amount is increased, resulting in additional loss provisions, or a best
estimate can be made, also resulting in additional loss provisions. Occasionally, a best estimate amount is changed to a lower
amount when events result in an expectation of a more favorable outcome than previously expected. A contingent liability of approximately
$562,000 has been recorded at December 31, 2011 for these proceedings and exposures. These reserves represent management’s
best estimate of probable loss, as defined by
FASB ASC TOPIC No. 450
,
“Contingencies.”
In addition,
in July 2008, the Dallas regional office of the FINRA conducted a routine examination of the Company’s broker-dealer activities. The
Company received an examination report on December 31, 2008, which identified a number of deficiencies in the Company’s operations. In
April 2009, the Company resolved half of the deficiencies noted through a compliance conference procedure. On October 5, 2010,
the Company received a “Wells letter” notification from FINRA, which stated that the staff of FINRA had made a preliminary
determination to recommend that disciplinary action be brought against the Company and two former employees based on alleged violations
of certain federal securities laws and FINRA rules based on the deficiencies identified in the 2008 examination. Counsel for the
Company and the former employees have reached an agreement in principle with the Dallas regional office of FINRA to resolve the
matter. While the agreement must be finalized, we do not believe its impact on the Company will be material.
In May 2009, SMH
guaranteed the debt of TEFG in connection with TEFG entering into a credit facility. In December 2010, SMH became aware
that under the SEC net capital rules, SMH was required to treat any debt guaranteed by SMH as indebtedness of SMH for
purposes of calculating SMH’s net capital and that any assets of SMH pledged as collateral were ineligible assets for
purposes of determining SMH’s net capital. After consulting with FINRA and the SEC, SMH concluded that it had violated
the net capital rules from May 10, 2009 to December 2, 2010. As required by applicable FINRA and SEC rules, SMH reported this
violation to the SEC and FINRA in accordance with FINRA Rule 17a-11 on December 2, 2010. In order to address the net capital
requirement TEFG entered into a number of transactions with SMH, the net effect of which was to increases SMH’s net
capital by $8.8 million. In addition, TEFG, SMH, and Prosperity Bank amended the agreements previously entered into by SMH to
remove SMH as a guarantor of the loan to TEFG and to release all liens on SMH’s assets. Counsel for the Company has
reached an agreement in principle with the Dallas regional office of FINRA to resolve the matter. While the agreement must be
finalized, we do not believe its impact on the Company will be material.
The FINRA
regional office in Chicago is conducting a review of the option activities at SMH’s Cleveland/Beachwood office that resulted
in the various customer complaints being filed pertaining to certain registered representatives option strategies. FINRA has requested
various documents and that a number of current and former employees provide on the record testimony concerning the activities.
Counsel for the Company has reached an agreement in principle with the Dallas and Chicago regional offices of FINRA to resolve
the matter. While the agreement must be finalized, we do not believe its impact on the Company will be material.
On December
28, 2011, Hite Hedge Asset Management, LLC and two of its hedge funds filed a FINRA arbitration proceeding against SMH and one
of its registered representatives (FINRA Case No. 11-04815), alleging that SMH’s actions in charging approximately $940,000
in fees to locate “hard to borrow” securities against Hite’s accounts constituted a breach of SMH’s agreement
not to charge location fees, common law fraud, false and deceptive trade practice under Chapter 93A of the Massachusetts General
Laws, a breach of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, a breach of SMH’s and its
representative’s responsibility for good faith and fair dealing and obligation to observe high standards of commercial honor
and just and equitable principals of trade under FINRA conduct rules, and a violation of sales practice obligations under FINRA
and SEC rules with respect to short sale transactions. Hite requests reimbursement of the fees, punitive damages, and legal fees
and costs. SMH believes it has meritorious defenses to the allegations and intends to vigorously defend against the allegations.
Total rental expense for
operating leases was $6.7 million, $6.0 million, and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Certain
leases contain provisions for renewal options, escalation clauses based on increases in certain costs incurred by the lessor, as
well as free rent periods and tenant improvements. We amortize office lease incentives and rent escalations on a straight
line basis over the life of the respective leases. The Company and its subsidiaries have obligations under operating
leases that expire by 2021 with initial noncancelable terms in excess of one year. Future minimum commitments under
these operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
2012
|
|
$
|
10,918
|
|
2013
|
|
|
9,584
|
|
2014
|
|
|
6,101
|
|
2015
|
|
|
4,823
|
|
2016
|
|
|
4,340
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
5,483
|
|
Total minimum rental payments
|
|
|
41,249
|
|
Minimum sublease rentals
|
|
|
(7,691
|
)
|
Net minimum rental payments
|
|
$
|
33,558
|
|
17.
|
CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK
|
Financial investments that
potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk primarily consist of securities owned, and all receivables. The
Company’s securities portfolio has a concentration in companies in the energy and life sciences sectors. Risks
and uncertainties associated with financial investments include credit exposure, interest rate volatility, regulatory changes,
and changes in market values of equity securities. Future changes in market trends and conditions may occur that could
cause actual results to differ materially from the estimates used in preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
The Company executes, as
agent, securities transactions on behalf of its customers. If either the customer or a counterparty fails to perform,
the Company may be required to discharge the obligations of the nonperforming party. In such circumstances, the Company
may sustain a loss if the market value of the security is different from the contract value of the transaction. The
Company’s customer security transactions are transacted on either a cash or margin basis. In margin transactions,
the customer is extended credit by the clearing broker, subject to various regulatory margin requirements, collateralized by cash
and securities in the customer’s account. In connection with these activities, the Company executes customer transactions
with the clearing broker involving the sale of securities not yet purchased (short sales). In the event the customer
fails to satisfy its obligation, the Company may be required to purchase financial instruments at prevailing market prices in order
to fulfill the customer’s obligations.
The Company and its subsidiaries
are engaged in various trading and brokerage activities with counterparties that primarily include broker-dealers, banks, and other
financial institutions. If counterparties do not fulfill their obligations, the Company may be exposed to risk. The
risk of default depends on the creditworthiness of the counterparty or issuer of the instrument. It is the Company's
policy to review, as necessary, the credit standing of each counterparty.
The Company is subject
to credit risk to the extent that its deposits with commercial banks exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurable
limit of $250,000. Management does not consider this risk to be significant.
18.
|
NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS OF SUBSIDIARY
|
SMH and GFS BD
are subject to the Securities and Exchange Commission Uniform Net Capital Rule (SEC rule 15c3-1), which requires the
maintenance of minimum net capital and requires that the ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital, both as defined,
shall not exceed 15 to 1 (and the rule of the “applicable” exchange also provides that equity capital may not be
withdrawn or cash dividends paid if the resulting net capital ratio would exceed 10 to 1). At December 31, 2011,
SMH had net capital, as defined, of $8.2 million, which was $7.3 million in excess of its required net capital of
$920,000. At December 31, 2011, SMH had aggregate indebtedness of $13.8 million. SMH’s aggregate
indebtedness to net capital ratio was 1.68 to 1 at December 31, 2011. GFS BD had net capital, as defined of $2.2
million, which was $2.1 million in excess of its required net capital of $100,000. At December 31, 2011, GFS BD had aggregate
indebtness of $804,000. GFS BD’s aggregate indebtedness to net capital ratio was 0.37 to 1 at December 31, 2011.
19.
|
BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
|
The Company has two
operating segments, Mass Affluent and Other Wealth Management and one non-operating segment, Corporate Support and Other. The business
segments are based upon factors such as the services provided and distribution channels served. Certain services are provided to
customers through more than one of our business segments.
In December 2009,
the Company completed the sale of its Capital Markets businesses which consisted of our investment banking, and most of our New
York institutional trading, sales, and research businesses (excluding The Juda Group and Concept). As a result of this transaction,
management realigned its reportable segments to reflect its remaining operations and the Capital Markets segment was renamed the
Institutional Services segment. Prior period amounts were reclassified to reflect the new reportable segments. Concept was spun-off
in December 2010, and the segments were further realigned to reflect the remaining operations of the business. The wealth management
segment was separated into two segments, which reflects the internal reporting that executive management reviews and uses for budgeting
purposes. In addition, The Juda Group, our sole remaining business within the institutional services business after the spin-off
of Concept is now held-for-sale and included in discontinued operations for all periods presented.
The Mass Affluent
segment consists of the Edelman entities that provide investment advisory services, wealth and investment management, and financial
planning services to individual clients. It primarily earns advisory fee revenue based on the amount of client assets under management.
The Mass Affluent segment also includes certain intercompany revenues and related expenses for various Edelman investment products
used by clients of subsidiaries within the Other Wealth Management segment. The revenue and related commission expense is recorded
within the Mass Affluent segment and eliminated within the Other Wealth Management segment.
The Other Wealth Management
segment includes the branch offices of SMH and Global—full service broker-dealers serving the investment management needs
of high net worth investors in North America—as well as affiliated wealth managers and registered investment advisors (RIAs)
wholly or partially owned by the Company. The Other Wealth Management businesses earn commission revenue from the sale of equity,
fixed income, mutual fund, and annuity products and advisory fees based on the amount of client assets under management. In addition,
performance fees may be earned for exceeding performance benchmarks for the investment portfolios in the limited partnerships that
we manage. The Other Wealth Management segment also earns revenue from net interest on customers’ margin loan and credit
account balances and sales credits from the distribution of syndicate products.
The
Prime Brokerage Services segment, consisted of Concept, which generally provided trade execution, clearing and custody
services mainly through Goldman Sachs, and other back-office services to hedge funds and other professional traders. However,
Concept was largely disposed of during the fourth quarter of 2010. Since the Company was still considered to have
significant influence, under the accounting guidance for equity method investments, due to the Company’s 24% remaining
equity interest in Concept, the results of operations for Concept remained within continuing operations until December 31,
2011, when the remaining equity interest was sold. The Concept transactions within the Prime Brokerage Services segment were
reclassified to discontinued operations as of December 31, 2011 and for all periods presented.
The Corporate Support
and Other segment includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s investment portfolios, and interest
and dividends earned on our cash and securities positions. Unallocated corporate revenue and expenses are included in the Corporate
Support and Other segment. Revenue from sports representation and management services performed by Select Sports Group, Ltd. (“SSG”)
and 10 Sports were also included in Corporate Support and Other. However, SSG and 10 Sports are held-for-sale as of December 31,
2011, and the operations are included in discontinued operations for all periods presented.
The following summarizes
certain financial information of each reportable business segment for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. The Company
does not analyze asset information in all business segments.
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mass Affluent
|
|
$
|
87,323
|
|
|
$
|
73,079
|
|
|
$
|
52,011
|
|
Other Wealth Management
|
|
|
74,655
|
|
|
|
51,111
|
|
|
|
47,602
|
|
Wealth Management Total
|
|
|
161,978
|
|
|
|
124,190
|
|
|
|
99,613
|
|
Corporate Support and Other
|
|
|
7,027
|
|
|
|
6,034
|
|
|
|
8,648
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
169,005
|
|
|
$
|
130,224
|
|
|
$
|
108,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before equity in income (loss) of limited partnerships and income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mass Affluent
|
|
$
|
19,814
|
|
|
$
|
16,771
|
|
|
$
|
9,368
|
|
Other Wealth Management
|
|
|
26,485
|
|
|
|
16,577
|
|
|
|
17,688
|
|
Wealth Management Total
|
|
|
46,299
|
|
|
|
33,348
|
|
|
|
27,056
|
|
Corporate Support and Other
|
|
|
(27,623
|
)
|
|
|
(21,052
|
)
|
|
|
(30,135
|
)
|
Total
|
|
$
|
18,676
|
|
|
$
|
12,296
|
|
|
$
|
(3,079
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in income (loss) of limited partnerships:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mass Affluent
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Other Wealth Management
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
2,371
|
|
|
|
(1,370
|
)
|
Wealth Management Total
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
2,371
|
|
|
|
(1,370
|
)
|
Corporate Support and Other
|
|
|
6,303
|
|
|
|
10,497
|
|
|
|
(451
|
)
|
Total
|
|
$
|
7,085
|
|
|
$
|
12,868
|
|
|
$
|
(1,821
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on step acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mass Affluent
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Other Wealth Management
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Wealth Management Total
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Corporate Support and Other
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mass Affluent
|
|
$
|
19,814
|
|
|
$
|
16,771
|
|
|
$
|
9,368
|
|
Other Wealth Management
|
|
|
27,267
|
|
|
|
18,948
|
|
|
|
16,318
|
|
Wealth Management Total
|
|
|
47,081
|
|
|
|
35,719
|
|
|
|
25,686
|
|
Corporate Support and Other
|
|
|
(21,320
|
)
|
|
|
(10,555
|
)
|
|
|
(27,586
|
)
|
Total
|
|
$
|
25,761
|
|
|
$
|
25,164
|
|
|
$
|
(1,900
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mass Affluent
|
|
$
|
(5,333
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,025
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,248
|
)
|
Other Wealth Management
|
|
|
(5,568
|
)
|
|
|
(1,768
|
)
|
|
|
(3,048
|
)
|
Wealth Management Total
|
|
|
(10,901
|
)
|
|
|
(5,793
|
)
|
|
|
(5,296
|
)
|
Corporate Support and Other
|
|
|
968
|
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
184
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(9,933
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,839
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,112
|
)
|
|
20.
|
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash payment (refund) for income taxes, net
|
|
$
|
2,368
|
|
|
$
|
(2,045
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,774
|
)
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
|
1,503
|
|
Non-cash investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative effect of adoption of a new accounting principle
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,859
|
|
Stock paid for acquisition
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(2,399
|
)
|
|
|
(1,859
|
)
|
Dispositions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
(1,152
|
)
|
|
|
(1,969
|
)
|
|
|
7,850
|
|
Financial instruments, owned, at fair value
|
|
|
(1,036
|
)
|
|
|
1,005
|
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
Furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements, net
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,678
|
)
|
|
|
(2,729
|
)
|
Other assets and prepaid expenses
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(779
|
)
|
|
|
(133
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(271
|
)
|
|
|
2,180
|
|
|
|
2,440
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(336
|
)
|
Sale of nonmarketable securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,824
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,824
|
|
Non-cash financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends declared not yet paid
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
21.
|
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
|
During 2001, SMH
formed PTC to secure financing for a new proton beam therapy cancer treatment center to be constructed in Houston.
SMH’s investment in PTC was recorded at $17.6 million and $9.9 million for the years ended 2011 and 2010. SMH recorded
an unrealized gain from the increase in the fair value of its investment in PTC of $7.8 million and $5.2 million during the
years ended 2011 and 2010. In addition, PTC has distributed $5.3 million and $2.4 million in cash to the Company during the
years ended 2011 and 2010. The unrealized gains and distributions are included in “Equity in income (loss) of limited
partnerships” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The increase in fair value of the investment for the year
ended December 31, 2011 is based primarily on two potential exit transactions, as well as the use of an income and market
approach in accordance with
ASC 820
,
Fair Value Measurement
as of December 31, 2011.
The Company and
SMH own controlling interests in several limited liability companies that act as the general partners in several
private investment limited partnerships. The private investment limited partnerships pay management fees to the general
partners. Certain officers of SMH serve on the boards of directors of entities in which the partnerships invest. In addition,
SMH has served, and may in the future serve, as the placement agent advisor, offering manager, or underwriter for companies
in which the partnerships invest. Management fees paid by the management companies of the private investment limited
partnerships are included in the revenue caption “Investment advisory and related services
”
on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The management fees paid were $2.7 million, $4.0 million, and $6.2 million
for the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009.
At December 31,
2011, SMH owned 563,000 shares of TEFG common stock with a market value of $3.7 million. The shares are included in
“Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and valued under Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
See “Note 5 –
Receivables, Net”
for related party notes receivable.
|
22.
|
UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
|
|
|
Three Months Ended,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
41,593
|
|
|
$
|
42,826
|
|
|
$
|
41,709
|
|
|
$
|
42,877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
6,710
|
|
|
$
|
6,524
|
|
|
$
|
283
|
|
|
$
|
4,145
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(810
|
)
|
|
|
(449
|
)
|
|
|
(765
|
)
|
|
|
(209
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
5,900
|
|
|
|
6,075
|
|
|
|
(482
|
)
|
|
|
3,936
|
|
Less: Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
(3,063
|
)
|
|
|
(2,234
|
)
|
|
|
(1,500
|
)
|
|
|
(3,136
|
)
|
Net income (loss) attributable to The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
2,837
|
|
|
$
|
3,841
|
|
|
$
|
(1,982
|
)
|
|
$
|
800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
Net earnings (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
Net earnings (loss)
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares oustanding - basic
|
|
|
29,168
|
|
|
|
29,150
|
|
|
|
28,994
|
|
|
|
29,151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted
|
|
|
29,998
|
|
|
|
30,174
|
|
|
|
29,793
|
|
|
|
29,686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts attributable to The Edelman Financial Group Inc. common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of income taxes
|
|
$
|
3,489
|
|
|
$
|
4,218
|
|
|
$
|
(1,186
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,627
|
|
Discontinued operations, net of income taxes
|
|
|
(652
|
)
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
(796
|
)
|
|
|
(827
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
2,837
|
|
|
$
|
3,841
|
|
|
$
|
(1,982
|
)
|
|
$
|
800
|
|
UNAUDITED QUARTERLY
FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
|
|
Three Months Ended,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
32,574
|
|
|
$
|
30,436
|
|
|
$
|
31,850
|
|
|
$
|
35,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
3,847
|
|
|
$
|
3,368
|
|
|
$
|
3,270
|
|
|
$
|
6,751
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(801
|
)
|
|
|
(662
|
)
|
|
|
(873
|
)
|
|
|
635
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
3,046
|
|
|
|
2,706
|
|
|
|
2,397
|
|
|
|
7,386
|
|
Less: Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
(1,211
|
)
|
|
|
(1,158
|
)
|
|
|
(1,262
|
)
|
|
|
(2,208
|
)
|
Net income attributable to The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
1,835
|
|
|
$
|
1,548
|
|
|
$
|
1,135
|
|
|
$
|
5,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares oustanding - basic
|
|
|
29,915
|
|
|
|
29,564
|
|
|
|
29,153
|
|
|
|
28,419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted
|
|
|
29,920
|
|
|
|
29,584
|
|
|
|
29,155
|
|
|
|
28,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts attributable to The Edelman Financial Group Inc. common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations, net of income taxes
|
|
$
|
2,507
|
|
|
$
|
1,739
|
|
|
$
|
2,053
|
|
|
$
|
5,275
|
|
Discontinued operations, net of income taxes
|
|
|
(672
|
)
|
|
|
(191
|
)
|
|
|
(918
|
)
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,835
|
|
|
$
|
1,548
|
|
|
$
|
1,135
|
|
|
$
|
5,178
|
|
23. DISCONTINUED
OPERATIONS
During the first quarter
of 2009, SMH closed three retail offices. This decision was made due to the offices’ inability to achieve sufficient
revenue to offset their costs. The results of operations for these offices have been reclassified as discontinued operations
for all periods presented.
During the fourth quarter
of 2009, SMH contributed to Madison the Capital Markets Business in exchange for a 17.5% Class A membership interest in
Madison cash, and a note issued by Madison to the Company. The results of operations for the Capital
Markets Business have been reclassified as discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.
During the fourth quarter
of 2010, the Company sold the assets of the Washington Research Group, a division of Concept. The results of operations
for the Washington Research Group have been reclassified as discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2010
and 2009.
As of the second
quarter of 2011, The Juda Group, SSG and 10 Sports are held-for-sale, due to a plan approved by management in the second quarter
to sell these businesses. In addition, a management company of the entity was disposed in the second quarter of 2011, due to the
full liquidation of the private equity funds in which the management company managed. The results of operations for these entities
have been reclassified as discontinued operations for all periods presented, as management will not have significant continued
involvement or cash flows in these entities.
During the
fourth quarter of 2011, the Company disposed of its remaining equity interest in Concept Capital, a division of the Company.
The results of operations for Concept have been reclassified as discontinued operations for all periods presented.
A summary of
selected financial information of discontinued operations is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
6,379
|
|
|
$
|
51,801
|
|
|
$
|
92,467
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
7,440
|
|
|
|
57,824
|
|
|
|
103,043
|
|
Equity in income
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
473
|
|
Gain (loss) on sale of business
|
|
|
(2,279
|
)
|
|
|
2,374
|
|
|
|
8,782
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before noncontrolling interest and income taxes
|
|
|
(3,340
|
)
|
|
|
(3,623
|
)
|
|
|
(1,321
|
)
|
Noncontrolling interest in net loss of consolidated companies
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(3,340
|
)
|
|
|
(2,902
|
)
|
|
|
(1,129
|
)
|
Benefit for income taxes
|
|
|
(1,107
|
)
|
|
|
(1,201
|
)
|
|
|
(600
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
(2,233
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,701
|
)
|
|
$
|
(529
|
)
|
Major classes of
assets and liabilities of Concept, SSG and 10 Sports in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
453
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Receivables from customers, net
|
|
|
818
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other assets and prepaid expenses
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements, net
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total assets of discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
1,784
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
448
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Total liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
448
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
24. SUBSEQUENT
EVENTS
On March
1, 2012, the Company repurchased for $8.0 million warrants previously issued to Fletcher International, Ltd. to purchase
common shares in an aggregate value of up to $7.5 million of the Company’s common stock.
On March 8,
2012, the Company’s board of directors declared a cash dividend for the first quarter of 2012 in the amount of $0.050 per
share of common stock. The cash dividend will be payable on April 19, 2012, to holders of record as of the close of business
on April 5, 2012.
Item 9. Changes in and
Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
The Company had no disagreements
on accounting or financial disclosure matters with its independent accountants to report under this Item 9.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness
of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act), as of December 31,
2011, the end of the fiscal period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that the information
required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported
within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission and that such information is
accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate
to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal
Control over Financial Reporting
Management of the Company
is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The Company’s internal
control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The
Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
(2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of management and board of directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect
on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent
limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those
systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
Management is responsible
for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule
13a-15(f). Management (with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) conducted an evaluation
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in
Internal Control – Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). This evaluation included review
of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness of controls and concluding on this evaluation.
Based on our assessment,
we concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on
those criteria.
Grant Thornton, LLP, the
independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this
annual report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness
of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, is included in this Item under the heading
“Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”
Changes in Internal Control over Financial
Reporting
There have been no changes
in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that occurred
during our most recently completed fiscal quarter, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect,
our internal control over financial reporting.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
We have audited The Edelman Financial Group
Inc.’s (a Texas Corporation) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established
in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). The Edelman Financial Group Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control
over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in
the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting (“Management’s Report”)
. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on The Edelman Financial Group Inc.’s internal control over financial
reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained
in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control
based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial
reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2)
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal
control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness
to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, The Edelman Financial Group
Inc. has maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based
on criteria established in
Internal Control – Integrated Framework
issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of The Edelman Financial
Group Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and our report dated March 15, 2012
expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Houston, Texas
March 15, 2012
Item 9B. Other Information
Not applicable.
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive
Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required
in response to this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered
by this report.
We have adopted a Business
Ethics Policy or code of ethics for our employees, which applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer,
and principal accounting officer, pursuant to section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. A copy of our Business Ethics Policy
is publicly available on our internet website at www.edelmanfinancial.com. The information contained on our internet
website is not incorporated by reference into this Report on Form 10-K.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required
in response to this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered
by this report.
Item 12. Security Ownership of
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required
in response to this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered
by this report.
Item 13. Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information, if any,
required in response to this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year
covered by this report.
Item 14. Principal Accountant
Fees and Services
The information required
in response to this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered
by this report.
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial
Statement Schedules
The following financial statements
of the Company and Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included under Part II Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
|
|
Page
|
The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
38
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010
|
|
39
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011
|
|
40
|
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011
|
|
41
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011
|
|
42
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
43
|
|
2.
|
Financial Statement Schedules
|
All schedules for which provision
is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions,
are inapplicable, or the required information is included elsewhere in the consolidated financial statements.
The exhibits filed in response to
Item 601 of Regulation S-K are listed in the Index to Exhibits contained elsewhere herein.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements
of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 15, 2012.
THE EDELMAN FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ GEORGE L. BALL
|
|
George L. Ball
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
Pursuant to the requirements
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in
the capacities indicated on the 15th day of March 2012.
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
/s/ GEORGE L. BALL
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
|
George L. Ball
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ RIC EDELMAN
|
|
President and Director
|
Ric Edelman
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ BEN T. MORRIS
|
|
Vice Chairman
|
Ben T. Morris
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DON A. SANDERS
|
|
Vice Chairman
|
Don A. Sanders
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ RICHARD E. BEAN
|
|
Director
|
Richard E. Bean
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ CHARLES W. DUNCAN, III
|
|
Director
|
Charles W. Duncan, III
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ SCOTT MCCLELLAND
|
|
Director
|
Scott McClelland
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ALBERT W. NIEMI, JR., PH.D.
|
|
Director
|
Albert W. Niemi, Jr., Ph.D.
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DIANA F. CANTOR
|
|
Director
|
Diana F. Cantor
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ RICK BERRY
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Rick Berry
|
|
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit
|
|
Number
|
Description
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
3.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
†10.01
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc.
Long-term Incentive Plan as amended (Filed as Exhibit A to the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A of the Company
dated April 15, 2010 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
†10.02
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc. Capital Incentive Program (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
†10.03
|
|
Form of Option Agreement pursuant to 1998 Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.03 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
†10.04
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to 1998 Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.04 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
†10.05
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of May 10, 2005, between The Edelman Financial Center, LLC and Fredric M. Edelman. (Filed as Exhibit 10.05 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
†10.06
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc. 2009 Management Incentive Program. (Filed as Exhibit 10.06 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
†10.07
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc. 2009 Supplemental Bonus Plan. (Filed as Exhibit 10.06 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
†10.08
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc. 2010 Executive Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 27, 2010 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
†10.09
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc. 2010 Executive and Key Manager Restricted Stock Unit Sub-Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 27, 2010 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
10.10
|
|
Office Lease Agreement and related amendments dated September 25, 1996, between Texas Tower Limited and Sanders Morris Mundy Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
10.11
|
|
Eleventh Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of December 21, 2006, between Texas Tower Limited and Sanders Morris Harris Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 10.06 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
10.12
|
|
Reorganization and Purchase Agreement dated as of May 10, 2005, among Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc., The Edelman Financial Center, Inc., The Edelman Financial Center, LLC, and Fredric M. Edelman (Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 10, 2005 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
10.13
|
|
Contribution Agreement dated as of April 28, 2003, by and between Salient Partners, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, Salient Advisors, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, Salient Capital, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, Salient Partners GP, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, John A. Blaisdell, Andrew B. Linbeck, J. Matthew Newtown, Jeremy L. Radcliffe, A. Haag Sherman, and Adam L. Thomas, and Sanders Morris Harris Group, Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
10.14
|
|
Agreement to Retire Partnership Interest and Second Amendment to the Limited Partnership Agreement of Endowment Advisers, L.P. dated as of August 29, 2008, among Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc. and Endowment Advisers, L.P., The Endowment Fund GP, L.P., and The Endowment Fund Management, LLC, and their respective partners and members (Filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 29, 2008 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
10.15
|
|
Letter agreement dated as of January 1, 2009, among Sanders Morris Harris Group, Inc., Fredric M. Edelman, and Edward Moore (Filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 29, 2009 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
10.16
|
|
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 31, 2010, between Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc. and Prosperity Bank. (Filed as Exhibit 10.08 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 4, 2011. (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference).
|
10.17
|
|
Purchase Agreement dated as of November 26, 2010, among Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc., Robert C.A. Benjamin, Gerardo A. Chapa and Ricardo Persuquia (Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 29, 2010 (File No. 000-30066), and incorporated herein by reference.
|
*†10.18
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc. 2011 Senior Executive Incentive Plan.
|
*†10.19
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc. 2011 Executive Incentive Plan.
|
*†10.20
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Group Inc. 2011 Executive and Key Manager Restricted Stock Unit Sub-Plan.
|
*†10.21
|
|
The Edelman Financial Group Inc. 2012
Senior Executive Incentive Plan.
|
*†10.22
|
|
The Edelman Financial Group Inc. 2012
Executive Incentive Plan.
|
*†10.23
|
|
The Edelman Financial Group Inc. 2012
Executive and Key Manager Restricted Stock Unit Sub-Plan.
|
|
|
|
*21.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of The Edelman Financial Group Inc.
|
*23.1
|
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.
|
*31.1
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive
Officer.
|
*31.2
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial
Officer.
|
*32.1
|
|
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
*32.2
|
|
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
_______________
|
|
*
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
†
|
Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
|
Edelman Financial Grp. Inc. (The) (MM) (NASDAQ:EF)
Graphique Historique de l'Action
De Nov 2024 à Déc 2024
Edelman Financial Grp. Inc. (The) (MM) (NASDAQ:EF)
Graphique Historique de l'Action
De Déc 2023 à Déc 2024